Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 15 EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10K
| | |
(Mark One) | | |
ý | | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012 |
OR |
o | | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to |
Commission file number 1-3381
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| | |
Pennsylvania (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | | 23-0962915 (I.R.S. employer identification no.) |
3111 West Allegheny Avenue, | | |
Philadelphia, PA (Address of principal executive office) | | 19132 (Zip code) |
215-430-9000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| | |
Title of each class | | Name of each exchange on which registered |
---|
Common Stock, $1.00 par value | | New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No ý
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
| | | | | | |
Large accelerated filer o | | Accelerated filer ý | | Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | | Smaller reporting company o |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes o No ý
As of the close of business on July 30, 2011 the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $507,481,000.
As of March 30, 2012, there were 52,761,355 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding.
Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| | | | | | |
| |
| | Page | |
---|
PART I | | | | | | |
Item 1. | | Business | | | 1 | |
Item 1A. | | Risk Factors | | | 11 | |
Item 1B. | | Unresolved Staff Comments | | | 15 | |
Item 2. | | Properties | | | 15 | |
Item 3. | | Legal Proceedings | | | 15 | |
Item 4. | | (Removed and Reserved) | | | 16 | |
PART II | | | | | | |
Item 5. | | Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities | | | 16 | |
Item 6. | | Selected Financial Data | | | 19 | |
Item 7. | | Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | | | 21 | |
Item 7A. | | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk | | | 36 | |
Item 8. | | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | | | 38 | |
Item 9. | | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | | | 85 | |
Item 9A. | | Controls and Procedures | | | 85 | |
Item 9B. | | Other Information | | | 88 | |
PART III | | | | | | |
Item 10. | | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance | | | 88 | |
Item 11. | | Executive Compensation | | | 94 | |
Item 12. | | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters | | | 108 | |
Item 13. | | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence | | | 110 | |
Item 14. | | Principal Accounting Fees and Services | | | 111 | |
PART IV | | | | | | |
Item 15. | | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules | | | 112 | |
| | Signatures | | | 116 | |
i
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1 BUSINESS
GENERAL
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and subsidiaries (the "Company") began operations in 1921 and is the leading national chain offering automotive service, tires, parts and accessories. This positioning allows us to streamline the distribution channel and pass the savings on to our customers facilitating our vision to be the automotive solutions provider of choice for the value-oriented customer. The majority of our stores are in a Supercenter format (averaging 20,600 sq.ft.), which serves both "do-it-for-me" ("DIFM"), which includes service labor, installed merchandise and tires, and "do-it-yourself" ("DIY") customers with the highest quality service and merchandise offerings. Most of our Supercenters also have a commercial sales program that provides delivery of parts, tires and other products to automotive repair shops and dealers. In 2009, as part of our long-term strategy to lead with automotive service, we began complementing our existing Supercenter store base with Service & Tire Centers. The Service & Tire Centers (averaging 5,900 sq.ft.) are designed to capture market share and leverage our existing Supercenters and support infrastructure. This growth will occur both organically and through acquisitions. The growth is targeted at existing markets, but may include new markets opportunistically. The objective is to grow our market share and to leverage inventory, marketing, distribution and support costs. Acquisitions will be used to accelerate growth in markets where the Company is under-penetrated. In 2010, we introduced new, smaller format (14,000 sq.ft.) Supercenters. The new, smaller Supercenters are designed to provide our customers with our complete offering of automotive service, tires, parts and accessories in a more efficient and cost-effective footprint. In total, as of January 28, 2012, the Company operated approximately 12,640,000 of gross square feet of retail space, including over 7,100 service bays.
In fiscal 2011, we opened 119 Service & Tire Centers, including 99 Service & Tire Centers acquired in three separate transactions, opened 1 new Supercenter, converted one Pep Express (retail only) store and one Service & Tire Center into Supercenters, and closed two Service & Tire Centers and one Supercenter. We are targeting a total of 75 new Service & Tire Centers and 10 Supercenters in fiscal 2012. We expect to lease new Service & Tire Center and Supercenter locations, as we believe that there are sufficient existing available locations in the marketplace with attractive lease terms to enable our expansion.
On January 29, 2012, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") with Auto Acquisition Company, LLC and Auto Mergersub, Inc., affiliates of The Gores Group, LLC. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the merger (i) each share of the Company's common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such time shall be converted into the right to receive $15.00 in cash without interest, (ii) the Company's common stock shall no longer be publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange and (iii) the Company will no longer file current nor periodic reports with the SEC (see Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data").
1
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the percentage of total revenues from continuing operations contributed by each class of similar products or services for the Company and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere herein:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | |
---|
| | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Parts and accessories | | | 61.0 | % | | 63.5 | % | | 63.9 | % |
Tires | | | 18.6 | | | 16.9 | | | 16.4 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total merchandise sales | | | 79.6 | | | 80.4 | | | 80.3 | |
Service labor | | | 20.4 | | | 19.6 | | | 19.7 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | | 100.0 | % | | 100.0 | % | | 100.0 | % |
| | | | | | | |
As of January 28, 2012, the Company operated 562 Supercenters, 169 Service & Tire Centers and 7 Pep Express stores located in 35 states and Puerto Rico. The following table indicates, by state, the
2
Table of Contents
number of stores the Company had in operation at the end of each of the last four fiscal years, and the number of stores opened and closed by the Company during each of the last three fiscal years:
NUMBER OF STORES AT END OF FISCAL YEARS 2008 THROUGH 2011
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
State | | 2011 Year End | | Opened | | Closed | | 2010 Year End | | Opened | | Closed | | 2009 Year End | | Opened | | Closed | | 2008 Year End | |
---|
Alabama | | | 37 | | | 36 | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | |
Arizona | | | 22 | | | — | | | — | | | 22 | | | — | | | — | | | 22 | | | — | | | — | | | 22 | |
Arkansas | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | |
California | | | 130 | | | 4 | | | 3 | | | 129 | | | 6 | | | 1 | | | 124 | | | 6 | | | — | | | 118 | |
Colorado | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | |
Connecticut | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | |
Delaware | | | 8 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 6 | |
Florida | | | 90 | | | 30 | | | — | | | 60 | | | 7 | | | — | | | 53 | | | 10 | | | — | | | 43 | |
Georgia | | | 47 | | | 22 | | | — | | | 25 | | | 3 | | | — | | | 22 | | | — | | | — | | | 22 | |
Illinois | | | 32 | | | 3 | | | — | | | 29 | | | 4 | | | — | | | 25 | | | 3 | | | — | | | 22 | |
Indiana | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | |
Kentucky | | | 4 | | | — | | | — | | | 4 | | | — | | | — | | | 4 | | | — | | | — | | | 4 | |
Louisiana | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | |
Maine | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | |
Maryland | | | 20 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 19 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 18 | | | — | | | — | | | 18 | |
Massachusetts | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 6 | | | — | | | — | | | 6 | |
Michigan | | | 5 | | | — | | | — | | | 5 | | | — | | | — | | | 5 | | | — | | | — | | | 5 | |
Minnesota | | | 3 | | | — | | | — | | | 3 | | | — | | | — | | | 3 | | | — | | | — | | | 3 | |
Missouri | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | |
Nevada | | | 12 | | | — | | | — | | | 12 | | | — | | | — | | | 12 | | | — | | | — | | | 12 | |
New Hampshire | | | 4 | | | — | | | — | | | 4 | | | — | | | — | | | 4 | | | — | | | — | | | 4 | |
New Jersey | | | 36 | | | 4 | | | — | | | 32 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 31 | | | 2 | | | — | | | 29 | |
New Mexico | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | |
New York | | | 33 | | | 2 | | | — | | | 31 | | | 2 | | | — | | | 29 | | | — | | | — | | | 29 | |
North Carolina | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | 8 | |
Ohio | | | 12 | | | — | | | — | | | 12 | | | 2 | | | — | | | 10 | | | — | | | — | | | 10 | |
Oklahoma | | | 5 | | | — | | | — | | | 5 | | | — | | | — | | | 5 | | | — | | | — | | | 5 | |
Pennsylvania | | | 53 | | | 2 | | | — | | | 51 | | | 6 | | | — | | | 45 | | | 3 | | | — | | | 42 | |
Puerto Rico | | | 27 | | | — | | | — | | | 27 | | | — | | | — | | | 27 | | | — | | | — | | | 27 | |
Rhode Island | | | 2 | | | — | | | — | | | 2 | | | — | | | — | | | 2 | | | — | | | — | | | 2 | |
South Carolina | | | 6 | | | — | | | — | | | 6 | | | — | | | — | | | 6 | | | — | | | — | | | 6 | |
Tennessee | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | — | | | 7 | |
Texas | | | 56 | | | 7 | | | — | | | 49 | | | 2 | | | — | | | 47 | | | — | | | — | | | 47 | |
Utah | | | 6 | | | — | | | — | | | 6 | | | — | | | — | | | 6 | | | — | | | — | | | 6 | |
Virginia | | | 17 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 16 | | | — | | | — | | | 16 | | | — | | | — | | | 16 | |
Washington | | | 9 | | | 7 | | | — | | | 2 | | | — | | | — | | | 2 | | | — | | | — | | | 2 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | 738 | | | 120 | | | 3 | | | 621 | | | 35 | | | 1 | | | 587 | | | 25 | | | — | | | 562 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The automotive aftermarket retail and service industry is in the mature stage of its life cycle and while the retail space is dominated by a small number of companies with large market shares, the automotive service business is highly fragmented. Over the past decade, consumers have moved away
3
Table of Contents
from DIY and toward DIFM due to increasing vehicle complexity and electronic content, and decreasing availability of diagnostic equipment and know-how. In addition, while this needs-based industry has a dedicated DIY customer base, the number of consumers who would prefer to have a professional fix their vehicle fluctuates with economic cycles. For example, a drop in disposable income during the most recent recession forced some former DIFM consumers to work on their own vehicles, slightly growing the DIY industry. Weak labor and credit markets, depressed new vehicles sales, and the increasing average length of vehicle ownership compounded this trend in 2009 and 2010. New car sales started to rebound in 2011 but remain significantly below historical levels. The broader economic recovery is expected to increase disposable income, which will likely result in the reversal of this recent trend.
We expect the shift away from DIY and toward DIFM to increase as the economy recovers, and continue for the foreseeable future. In anticipation of the change in consumer behavior we have adopted a long-term strategy of leading with our automotive service offerings and expanding our commercial business, while maintaining our DIY customer base through our innovative marketing programs in order to capitalize on the forecasted long-term growth of the DIFM industry and decline of the DIY business.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Our vision for Pep Boys is to take our industry-leading position in automotive services and accessories and be the automotive solutions provider of choice for the value-oriented customer. Our brand positioning—"PEP BOYS DOES EVERYTHING. FOR LESS." is designed to convey to customers the breadth of the automotive services and merchandise that we offer and our value proposition. The four strategies to achieve our vision are to: (i) Earn the trust of our customers every day, (ii) Lead with our service business and grow through our Service & Tire Centers, (iii) Establish a differentiated DIY experience by leveraging our Automotive Superstore and (iv) Leverage our Automotive Superstore to provide the most complete offering for our commercial customers.
Earn the TRUST of our Customers every day. We do this by delivering a customer experience that is based on Speed, Expertise, Respect and Value. We start by utilizing customer analytics to understand the services and products our customers need or want in order to build long lasting relationships. Our rewards program provides us with information about our most loyal customers that assists us in meeting their needs and wants, while helping to add to customer count increases and repeat business by providing these customers with discounted towing, free services and rewards points for purchases. We have developed a tailored marketing plan for each of our markets to maximize our reach and efficiencies. These marketing programs include TV and radio promotions scheduled around traditional shopping holidays that focus on the most frequently needed services, complimented with digital media, direct marketing, grass-roots and print campaigns. In our stores, we strive to continuously improve the customer experience by providing better looking and easier to shop stores and more consistent execution of our simplified and streamlined operations. We strive to hire the best associates and our goal is to be the preferred employer in our industry by focusing on associate hiring practices, training and development, and rewarding associate performance through performance-based compensation plans. Online, we continue to develop innovative ways to make it easier for customers to do business with us, by providing our customers with the ability to use our website to research services and products, schedule service appointments and purchase products online for in store or (coming soon) home delivery.
Lead with our Service business and grow through our Service & Tire Centers. We do this by being a full service—tire, maintenance and repair—shop thatDOES EVERYTHING. FOR LESS. Our full service capabilities, ASE (Automotive Service Excellence) certified technicians and continuous investment in training and equipment allow customers to rely on us for all of their automotive service and maintenance needs. We can provide these services at highly-competitive prices because our size
4
Table of Contents
and business model allow us to buy quality parts at lower prices and pass those savings onto our customers. We believe that offering a broad assortment of private label and branded tires at competitive prices provides a competitive advantage to the Company since many of our DIFM competitors do not sell tires and related services. In order to become the leading tire retailer, we developed key partnerships that expand our national branded tire offerings and launched a new interactive web application called TreadSmart which gives customers the ability to research, purchase and schedule tire installation online.
Our store growth plans are centered on a "hub and spoke" model, which calls for adding smaller neighborhood Service & Tire Centers to our existing Supercenter store base in order to further leverage our existing inventories, distribution network, operations infrastructure and advertising spend. We acquired 99 Service & Tire Centers and opened 21 new stores in 2011—20 Service & Tire Centers and one Supercenter. Our plans call for 75 new Service & Tire and 10 Supercenter locations in 2012. The typical Service & Tire Center is full service with approximately six service bays and $1.0 million in expected annual sales. Our Service & Tire Centers offer customer convenience, allowing us to be close to our customers' home or work and generally serve a higher income demographic customer than our Supercenters. To further leverage our store investment, we are focused on expanding our vehicle fleet business by communicating our value offering to local and national fleet accounts through targeted marketing, improving store execution and expanding our dedicated fleet resources
Establish a differentiated Retail experience by leveraging our Automotive Superstore. The size of our stores allows us to provide the highest level of replacement parts coverage and the broadest range of maintenance, performance and appearance products and accessories in the industry. We are able to leverage our Superhub stores, which have a larger assortment of product than our normal Supercenter, to satisfy customer needs for slow-moving product by delivering this product to requesting Supercenters on demand. As part of our commitment to carry the best assortment of automotive aftermarket merchandise, we make assortment decisions by examining every merchandise category using market and demographic data to assure we have the best product in the right place. This category management process ensures our assortment includes the appropriate coverage for service, DIY and commercial consumers as well as allowing us to make good, sound decisions about price, product and promotions.
Leverage our Automotive Superstore to provide the most complete offering for our Commercial customers. To further leverage our inventory and automotive aftermarket expertise, we continue to expand our commercial operations. In addition to offering these customers parts and fluids, we enjoy a competitive advantage of also being able to offer tires, equipment, accessories and services.
STORE IMPROVEMENTS
In fiscal 2011, the Company's capital expenditures totaled $74.7 million which, in addition to our regularly-scheduled facility improvements, included the addition of 21 stores and information technology enhancements. Our fiscal 2012 capital expenditures are expected to be approximately $80.0 million, which includes the addition of approximately 75 Service & Tire Centers, 10 Supercenters and the conversion of 15 Supercenters into Superhubs, which have a larger assortment of auto parts than our normal Supercenter. These expenditures are expected to be funded from cash on hand and net cash generated from operating activities. Additional capacity, if needed, exists under our revolving credit facility.
SERVICES AND PRODUCTS
The Company operates a total of 7,182 service bays in 731 of its 738 locations. Each service location performs a full range of automotive maintenance and repair services (except body work) and installs tires, hard parts and accessories.
5
Table of Contents
Each Pep Boys Supercenter and Pep Express store carries a similar product line, with variations based on the number and type of cars in the market where the store is located, while a Pep Boys Service & Tire Center carries tires and a limited selection of our products. A full complement of inventory at a typical Supercenter includes an average of approximately 27,000 items, while Service & Tire Centers average approximately 2,000 items. The Company's product lines include: tires (not stocked at Pep Express stores); batteries; new and remanufactured parts for domestic and import vehicles; chemicals and maintenance items; fashion, electronic, and performance accessories; and a limited amount of select non-automotive merchandise that appeals to automotive "Do-It-Yourself" customers, such as generators, power tools and personal transportation products.
In addition to offering a wide variety of high quality name brand products, the Company sells an array of high quality products under various private label names. The Company sells tires under the names DEFINITY, FUTURA® and CORNELL®, and batteries under the name PROSTART®. The Company also sells wheel covers under the name FUTURA®; water pumps and cooling system parts under the name PROCOOL®; air filters, anti-freeze, chemicals, cv axles, hub assemblies, lubricants, oil, oil filters, oil treatments, transmission fluids, custom wheels and wiper blades under the name PROLINE®; alternators, battery booster packs, alkaline type batteries and starters under the name PROSTART®; power steering hoses, chassis parts and power steering pumps under the name PROSTEER®; brakes under the name PROSTOP® and brakes, batteries, starters, ignitions and chassis under the name VALUEGRADE. All products sold by the Company under various private label names were approximately 26% of the Company's merchandise sales in fiscal 2011, and 31% in both fiscal 2010 and 2009.
The Company's commercial automotive parts delivery program, branded PEP EXPRESS PARTS®, is designed to increase the Company's market share with the professional installer and to leverage inventory investment. The program satisfies the commercial customer's automotive inventory needs by taking advantage of the breadth and quality of the Company's parts inventory as well as its experience supplying its own service bays and mechanics. As of January 28, 2012, approximately 81% or 459 of the Company's 569 Supercenters and Pep Express stores provided commercial parts delivery as compared to approximately 80% or 454 stores at the end of fiscal 2010.
The Company also operates 15 Speed Shops, a store-in-a-store concept within existing Supercenters that creates a differentiated retail experience for automotive enthusiasts by stocking high-performance and specialty products, and has expert sales and installation technicians resident in 79 Supercenters to assist customers with automotive electronics products such as stereos, speakers, amplifiers, remote starters and alarm systems.
The Company has a point-of-sale system in all of its stores, which gathers sales and inventory data by stock-keeping unit from each store on a daily basis. This information is then used by the Company to help formulate its pricing, inventory, marketing, and merchandising strategies. The Company has an electronic parts catalog that allows our employees to efficiently look up the parts that our customers need and to provide complete job solutions, advice and information for customer vehicles. The Company has an electronic work order system in all of its service centers. This system creates a service history for each vehicle, provides customers with a comprehensive sales document and enables the Company to maintain a service customer database.
The Company primarily uses an "Everyday Low Price" (EDLP) strategy in establishing its selling prices. Management believes that EDLP provides better value to its customers on a day-to-day basis, helps level customer demand and allows more efficient management of inventories. On a periodic basis, the Company employs a promotional pricing strategy on select items and service offers to drive increased customer traffic.
We believe that targeted advertising and promotions play important roles in succeeding in today's environment. We are constantly working to understand our customers' wants and needs so that we can
6
Table of Contents
build long-lasting, loyal relationships. We utilize promotions, advertising, and loyalty card programs to promote our service and repair capabilities, merchandise offerings and our commitment to customer service and satisfaction. The Company is committed to an effective promotional schedule with TV and radio promotions that focus on the most frequently needed services and are scheduled around periods of time when automotive repair and preventative maintenance are top of mind and relevant to our customers. These promotions will be supplemented by extensive direct marketing and grass-roots campaigns and occasional print campaigns. Finally, we utilize in-store signage, creative product placement and promotions to help educate customers about products that fit their needs.
The Company maintains a web site located at www.pepboys.com. It serves as a portal to our Company, allowing consumers the freedom and convenience to access more information about the organization, our stores and our service, tires, parts and accessories offerings. Consumers can purchase and schedule installation of tires with our TreadSmart application, schedule a service appointment with our eServe application, keep track of all their maintenance and service records electronically through our online Glovebox application and are expected to be able to purchase products online from us for in-store or home delivery during 2012. The site also provides consumers with general and seasonal car care tips, do-it-yourself vehicle maintenance and light repair guidance, and safe driving pointers. Exclusive online coupons are available to site visitors who register their e-mail addresses with us. These coupons cover special discounts on services and products at Pep Boys.
STORE OPERATIONS AND MANAGEMENT
Most Pep Boys stores are open seven days a week. Each Supercenter has a Retail Manager and Service Manager (Service & Tire Centers only have a Service Manager while Pep Express stores only have a Retail Manager) who report to geographic-specific Area Directors and Division Vice Presidents. (The Company is currently piloting a more customer-friendly and efficient store management model for its Supercenters that combines all associates within a store under the management of a General Manager.) The Division Vice Presidents report to the Executive Vice President of Stores who in turn reports to the President and Chief Executive Officer. As of January 28, 2012, a Retail Manager's and a Service Manager's average length of service with the Company is approximately 10.0 and 6.4 years, respectively.
Supervision and control over individual stores is facilitated by Area Directors and Divisional Vice Presidents making regular visits to stores and utilizing the Company's computer system and operational handbooks. All of the Company's advertising, accounting, purchasing, information technology, and most of its administrative functions are conducted at its corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Certain administrative functions for the Company's regional operations are performed at various regional offices of the Company. See "Item 2 Properties."
INVENTORY CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION
Most of the Company's merchandise is distributed to its stores from its warehouses by dedicated and contract carriers. Target levels of inventory for each product are established for each warehouse and store based upon prior shipment history, sales trends and seasonal demand. Inventory on hand is compared to the target levels on a weekly basis at each warehouse, potentially triggering re-ordering of merchandise from suppliers. In addition, each Pep Boys store has an automated inventory replenishment system that orders additional inventory, generally from a warehouse, when a store's inventory on-hand falls below the target levels. We also consolidated certain of our slow-moving hard parts inventory that had previously been stocked at each of our five warehouses into our centrally-located Indianapolis warehouse that can service each of our stores with overnight delivery of these parts, when necessary.
7
Table of Contents
Implementation of the Superhub concept enables local expansion of our auto parts product assortment in a cost effective manner. We are now able to satisfy customer needs for slow-moving auto parts by carrying limited amounts of this product at Superhub locations. These Superhubs then deliver this product to requesting Supercenters to fulfill customer demand. Superhubs are generally replenished from distribution centers multiple times per week. As of January 28, 2012, the Company operated 38 Superhubs within existing Supercenters, with plans to convert an additional 15 Superhubs in fiscal 2012.
SUPPLIERS
During fiscal 2011, the Company's ten largest suppliers accounted for approximately 52% of the merchandise purchased. No single supplier accounted for more than 21% of the Company's purchases. The Company has one long-term contract under which it is required to purchase merchandise. Management believes that the relationships the Company has established with its suppliers are generally good.
In the past, the Company has not experienced difficulty in obtaining satisfactory sources of supply and believes that adequate alternative sources of supply exist, at similar cost, for the types of merchandise sold in its stores.
COMPETITION
The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. The Company encounters competition from national and regional chains and from local independent service providers and merchants. The Company's competitors include general, full range, discount or traditional department stores which carry automotive parts and accessories and/or have automotive service centers, as well as specialized automotive retailers. Generally, the specialized automotive retailers focus on either the "do-it-yourself" or "do-it-for-me" areas of the business. The Company believes that its operation in both the "do-it-for-me" and "do-it-yourself" areas of the business positively differentiates it from most of its competitors. However, certain competitors are larger in terms of sales volume, store size, and/or number of stores. Therefore, these competitors have access to greater capital and management resources and have been operating longer or have more stores in particular geographic areas. The principal methods of competition in our industry include store location, customer service, product offerings, quality and price.
REGULATION
The Company is subject to various federal, state and local laws and governmental regulations relating to the operation of its business, including those governing the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances contained in the products it sells and uses in its service bays, the recycling of batteries, tires and used lubricants, the sale of small engine merchandise and the ownership and operation of real property.
EMPLOYEES
At January 28, 2012, the Company employed 19,123 persons as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Description | | Full-time | | % | | Part-time | | % | | Total | | % | |
---|
Retail | | | 3,964 | | | 29.5 | | | 3,722 | | | 65.6 | | | 7,686 | | | 40.2 | |
Service center | | | 8,104 | | | 60.3 | | | 1,831 | | | 32.2 | | | 9,935 | | | 52.0 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Store total | | | 12,068 | | | 89.8 | | | 5,553 | | | 97.8 | | | 17,621 | | | 92.2 | |
Warehouses | | | 549 | | | 4.1 | | | 118 | | | 2.1 | | | 667 | | | 3.5 | |
Offices | | | 828 | | | 6.1 | | | 7 | | | 0.1 | | | 835 | | | 4.3 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total employees | | | 13,445 | | | 100.0 | | | 5,678 | | | 100.0 | | | 19,123 | | | 100.0 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
8
Table of Contents
The Company had no union employees as of January 28, 2012. At January 29, 2011, the Company employed 12,441 full-time and 5,838 part-time employees.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained herein, including in "Item 1 Business" and "Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words "guidance," "expects," "anticipates," "estimates," "forecasts" and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include management's expectations regarding implementation of its long-term strategic plan, future financial performance, automotive aftermarket trends, levels of competition, business development activities, future capital expenditures, financing sources and availability and the effects of regulation and litigation. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, we can give no assurance that our expectations will be achieved. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements due to factors beyond our control, including the strength of the national and regional economies, retail and commercial consumers' ability to spend, the health of the various sectors of the automotive aftermarket, the weather in geographical regions with a high concentration of our stores, competitive pricing, the location and number of competitors' stores, product and labor costs and the additional factors described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). See "Item 1A Risk Factors." We assume no obligation to update or supplement forward-looking statements that become untrue because of subsequent events.
SEC REPORTING
We electronically file certain documents with, or furnish such documents to, the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, along with any related amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. From time-to-time, we may also file registration and related statements pertaining to equity or debt offerings. The SEC maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file or furnish documents electronically with the SEC. All our filings can be accessed through the Securities and Exchange Commission website at www.sec.gov and searching with our ticker symbol "PBY".
We provide free electronic access to our annual, quarterly and current reports (and all amendments to these reports) on our Internet website, www.pepboys.com, under the Investor Relations/Financial Information/SEC Filings link. These reports are available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials with or to the SEC. Information on our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and any references to our website herein are intended as inactive textual references only.
Copies of our SEC reports are also available free of charge. Please call our investor relations department at 215-430-9459 or write Pep Boys, Investor Relations, 3111 West Allegheny Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19132 to request copies.
9
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
The following table indicates the name, age, tenure with the Company and position (together with the year of election to such position) of the executive officers of the Company:
| | | | | | | |
Name | | Age | | Tenure with Company as of April 2011 | | Position with the Company and Date of Election to Position |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 48 | | 5 years | | President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2010 |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 53 | | 4 years | | Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer since May 2008 |
William E. Shull III | | | 53 | | 4 years | | Executive Vice President—Stores since June 2010 |
Scott A. Webb | | | 48 | | 5 years | | Executive Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing since June 2010 |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 53 | | 35 years | | Senior Vice President—Business Development since November 2007 |
Troy E. Fee | | | 43 | | 5 years | | Senior Vice President—Human Resources since July 2007 |
Brian D. Zuckerman | | | 42 | | 13 years | | Senior Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary since March 2009 |
Michael R. Odell was named Chief Executive Officer on September 22, 2008, after serving as Interim Chief Executive Officer since April 23, 2008. Mr. Odell received the additional title of President on June 17, 2010. Mr. Odell joined the Company in September 2007 as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer, after having most recently served as the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Sears Retail & Specialty Stores. Mr. Odell joined Sears in its finance department in 1994 where he served until he joined Sears operations team in 1998. There he served in various executive operations positions of increasing seniority, including as Vice President, Stores—Sears Automotive Group.
Raymond L. Arthur joined Pep Boys in May 2008 after serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Toys "R" Us Inc., from 2004 to 2006, where he oversaw its strategic review and restructuring of company-wide operations, as well as managing the leveraged buy-out of the company. During his seven year tenure at Toys "R" Us, Mr. Arthur also served as President and Chief Financial Officer of toysrus.com from 2000 to 2003 and as Corporate Controller of Toys "R" Us from 1999 to 2000. Prior to that, he worked in a variety of roles of increasing responsibility for General Signal, American Home Products, American Cyanamid and in public accounting.
William E. Shull III was named Executive Vice President—Stores on June 17, 2010 after having joined the Company in September 2008 as Senior Vice President—Stores. Over the last 25 years Mr. Shull has held several senior management positions with a variety of retailer and service companies where his focus was on building and integrating store management teams into successfully profitable and cohesive units. In his 13 years at AutoZone he was instrumental in building the foundation of the retail chain in 4 geographic regions and responsible for store communications, training, and served on several strategic initiative committees.
Scott A. Webb was named Executive Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing on June 17, 2010 after having joined the Company in September 2007 as Senior Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing. Prior to joining Pep Boys, Mr. Webb served as the Vice President, Merchandising and Customer Satisfaction of AutoZone. Mr. Webb joined AutoZone in 1986 where he began his service in field management before transitioning, in 1992, to the Merchandising function.
Joseph A. Cirelli was named Senior Vice President—Corporate Development in November 2007. Since March 1977, Mr. Cirelli has served the Company in positions of increasing seniority, including
10
Table of Contents
Senior Vice President—Service, Vice President—Real Estate and Development, Vice President—Operations Administration, and Vice President—Customer Satisfaction.
Troy E. Fee, Senior Vice President—Human Resources, joined the Company in July 2007, after having most recently served as the Senior Vice President of Human Resources Shared Services for TBC Corporation, then the parent company of Big O Tires, Tire Kingdom and National Tire & Battery. Mr. Fee has over 20 years experience in operations and human resources in the tire and automotive service and repair business.
Brian D. Zuckerman was named Senior Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary on March 1, 2009 after having most recently served as Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary since 2003. Mr. Zuckerman joined the Company as a staff attorney in 1999. Prior to joining Pep Boys, Mr. Zuckerman practiced corporate and securities law with two firms in Philadelphia.
Each of the executive officers serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company.
ITEM 1A RISK FACTORS
The following section discloses all known material risks that we face. However, it does not include risks that may arise in the future that are yet unknown nor existing risks that we do not judge material to the presentation of our financial statements. If any of the events or circumstances described as risk below actually occurs, our business, results of operations and/or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Risks Related to Pep Boys
Failure to complete the proposed Merger could adversely affect our business.
On January 29, 2012, we entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which we may be acquired for $15.00 per share in cash. There is no assurance that our shareholders will approve the Merger Agreement or that the other closing conditions to the merger will be satisfied. We are subject to several risks as a result of entering into the Merger Agreement, including the following:
- •
- If the proposed merger is not completed, the share price of our common stock may change to the extent that the current market price of our common stock reflects an assumption that the proposed merger will be completed;
- •
- Certain costs related to the proposed merger, including the fees and/or expenses of our legal, accounting and financial advisors, must be paid even if the proposed merger is not completed;
- •
- Under circumstances as defined in the Merger Agreement, we may be required to pay a termination fee and/or reimburse expenses if the Merger Agreement is terminated;
- •
- Shareholder lawsuits have been and may be filed against us in connection with the Merger Agreement;
- •
- Our management and employees' attention may have been diverted from day-to-day operations; and
- •
- A failed merger may result in negative publicity and/or a negative impression of us in the investment community or business community generally.
We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our long-term strategic plan, which we update annually, includes numerous initiatives to increase sales, enhance our margins and increase our return on invested capital in order to increase our
11
Table of Contents
earnings and cash flow. If these initiatives are unsuccessful, or if we are unable to implement the initiatives efficiently and effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Successful implementation of our business strategy also depends on factors specific to the automotive aftermarket industry, many of which may be beyond our control (see "Risks Related to Our Industry").
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations, our liquidity will suffer and we may be unable to satisfy our obligations.
We require significant capital to fund our business. While we believe we have the ability to sufficiently fund our planned operations and capital expenditures for the next fiscal year, circumstances could arise that would materially affect our liquidity. For example, cash flows from our operations could be affected by changes in consumer spending habits or the failure to maintain favorable vendor payment terms or our inability to successfully implement sales growth initiatives. We may be unsuccessful in securing alternative financing when needed, on terms that we consider acceptable, or at all.
The degree to which we are leveraged could have important consequences to investments in our securities, including the following risks:
- •
- our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future;
- •
- a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of rent and the principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing the funds available for other purposes;
- •
- our failure to comply with financial and operating restrictions placed on us and our subsidiaries by our credit facilities could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business or our prospects; and
- •
- if we are substantially more leveraged than some of our competitors, we might be at a competitive disadvantage to those competitors that have lower debt service obligations and significantly greater operating and financial flexibility than we do.
We depend on our relationships with our vendors and a disruption of these relationships or of our vendors' operations could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our business depends on developing and maintaining productive relationships with our vendors. Many factors outside our control may harm these relationships. For example, financial difficulties that some of our vendors may face may increase the cost of the products we purchase from them or may interrupt our source of supply. In addition, our failure to promptly pay, or order sufficient quantities of inventory from our vendors may increase the cost of products we purchase or may lead to vendors refusing to sell products to us at all.
A disruption of our vendor relationships or a disruption in our vendors' operations could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We depend on our senior management team and our other personnel, and we face substantial competition for qualified personnel.
Our success depends in part on the efforts of our senior management team. Our continued success will also depend upon our ability to retain existing, and attract additional, qualified field personnel to meet our needs. We face substantial competition, both from within and outside of the automotive
12
Table of Contents
aftermarket to retain and attract qualified personnel. In addition, we believe that the number of qualified automotive service technicians in the industry is generally insufficient to meet demand.
We are subject to environmental laws and may be subject to environmental liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on us in the future.
We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and governmental regulations relating to the operation of our business, including those governing the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances contained in the products we sell and use in our service bays, the recycling of batteries, tires and used lubricants, the ownership and operation of real property and the sale of small engine merchandise. When we acquire or dispose of real property or enter into financings secured by real property, we undertake investigations that may reveal soil and/or groundwater contamination at the subject real property. All such known contamination has either been remediated, or is in the process of being remediated. Any costs expected to be incurred related to such contamination are either covered by insurance or financial reserves provided for in the consolidated financial statements. However, there exists the possibility of additional soil and/or groundwater contamination on our real property where we have not undertaken an investigation. A failure by us to comply with environmental laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Our industry is highly competitive, and price competition in some segments of the automotive aftermarket or a loss of trust in our participation in the "do-it-for-me" market, could cause a material decline in our revenues and earnings.
The automotive aftermarket retail and service industry is highly competitive and subjects us to a wide variety of competitors. We compete primarily with the following types of businesses in each segment of the automotive aftermarket:
Retail
Do-It-Yourself
- •
- automotive parts and accessories stores;
- •
- automobile dealers that supply manufacturer replacement parts and accessories; and
- •
- mass merchandisers and wholesale clubs that sell automotive products and select non-automotive merchandise that appeals to automotive "Do-It-Yourself" customers, such as generators, power tools and canopies.
Commercial
- •
- mass merchandisers, wholesalers and jobbers (some of which are associated with national parts distributors or associations).
Service
Do-It-For-Me
- •
- regional and local full service automotive repair shops;
- •
- automobile dealers that provide repair and maintenance services;
- •
- national and regional (including franchised) tire retailers that provide additional automotive repair and maintenance services; and
13
Table of Contents
- •
- national and regional (including franchised) specialized automotive (such as oil change, brake and transmission) repair facilities that provide additional automotive repair and maintenance services.
Tires
- •
- national and regional (including franchised) tire retailers; and
- •
- mass merchandisers and wholesale clubs that sell tires.
A number of our competitors have more financial resources, are more geographically diverse, have a higher geographic market concentration or have better name recognition than we do, which might place us at a competitive disadvantage to those competitors. Because we seek to offer competitive prices, if our competitors reduce their prices we may also be forced to reduce our prices, which could cause a material decline in our revenues and earnings.
With respect to the service labor category, the majorities of consumers are unfamiliar with their vehicle's mechanical operation and, as a result, often select a service provider based on trust. Potential occurrences of negative publicity associated with the Pep Boys brand, the products we sell or installation or repairs performed in our service bays, whether or not factually accurate, could cause consumers to lose confidence in our products and services in the short or long term, and cause them to choose our competitors for their automotive service needs.
Vehicle miles driven may decrease, resulting in a decline of our revenues and negatively affecting our results of operations.
Our industry is significantly influenced by the number of vehicle miles driven. Factors that may cause the number of vehicle miles and our revenues and our results of operations to decrease include:
- •
- the weather—as vehicle maintenance may be deferred during periods of inclement weather;
- •
- the economy—as during periods of poor economic conditions, customers may defer vehicle maintenance or repair, and during periods of good economic conditions, consumers may opt to purchase new vehicles rather than service the vehicles they currently own and replace worn or damaged parts;
- •
- gas prices—as increases in gas prices may deter consumers from using their vehicles; and
- •
- travel patterns—as changes in travel patterns may cause consumers to rely more heavily on mass transportation.
Economic factors affecting consumer spending habits may continue, resulting in a decline in revenues and may negatively impact our business.
Many economic and other factors outside our control, including consumer confidence, consumer spending levels, employment levels, consumer debt levels and inflation, as well as the availability of consumer credit, affect consumer spending habits. A significant deterioration in the global financial markets and economic environment, recessions or an uncertain economic outlook could adversely affect consumer spending habits and result in lower levels of economic activity. The domestic and international political situation also affects consumer confidence. Any of these events and factors could cause consumers to curtail spending, especially with respect to our more discretionary merchandise offerings, such as automotive accessories, tools and personal transportation products.
During fiscal 2009, there was significant deterioration in the global financial markets and economic environment, which negatively impacted consumer spending and our revenues. While the economic climate improved somewhat in fiscal 2011, consumer spending has not returned to pre-recession levels.
14
Table of Contents
If the economy does not continue to strengthen, or if our efforts to counteract the impacts of these trends are not sufficiently effective, our revenues could decline, negatively affecting our results of operations.
Consolidation among our competitors may negatively impact our business.
Our industry has experienced consolidation over time. If this trend continues or if our competitors are able to achieve efficiencies in their mergers, the Company may face greater competitive pressures in the markets in which we operate.
ITEM 1B UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2 PROPERTIES
The Company owns its five-story, approximately 300,000 square foot corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and a 60,000 square foot office building in Los Angeles, California. The Company also owns the following administrative regional offices—approximately 4,000 square feet of space in each of Melrose Park, Illinois and Bayamon, Puerto Rico. The Company leases an administrative regional office of approximately 4,000 square feet in Carrollton, Texas.
Of the 738 store locations operated by the Company at January 28, 2012, 232 are owned and 506 are leased. As of January 28, 2012, 126 of the 232 stores owned by the Company are currently used as collateral under our Senior Secured Term Loan, due October 2013.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the owned and leased warehouse space utilized by the Company to replenish its store locations at January 28, 2012:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Warehouse Locations | | Products Warehoused | | Approximate Square Footage | | Owned or Leased | | Stores Serviced | | States Serviced |
---|
San Bernardino, CA | | All | | | 600,000 | | Leased | | | 181 | | AZ, CA, NM, NV, UT, WA |
McDonough, GA | | All | | | 392,000 | | Owned | | | 229 | | AL, FL, GA, LA, NC, PR, SC, TN |
Mesquite, TX | | All | | | 244,000 | | Owned | | | 78 | | AR, CO, LA, MO, NM, OK, TX |
Plainfield, IN | | All | | | 403,000 | | Owned | | | 73 | | IL, IN, KY, MI, MN, OH, PA |
Chester, NY | | All | | | 402,000 | | Owned | | | 178 | | CT, DE, MA, MD, ME, NH, NJ, NY, PA, RI, VA |
Philadelphia, PA | | Tires & Batteries | | | 74,000 | | Leased | | | 63 | | DE, NJ, PA, VA, MD |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | | | 2,115,000 | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
In addition to the distribution centers above, the Company leases one 20,000 square foot satellite warehouse. This satellite warehouse stocks approximately 40,000 Stock-Keeping Units (SKUs), serves 21 stores and has retail capabilities. The Company anticipates that its existing and future warehouse space and its access to outside storage will accommodate inventory necessary to support future store expansion and any increase in SKUs through the end of fiscal 2012.
ITEM 3 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is party to various actions and claims arising in the normal course of business. The Company believes that amounts accrued for awards or assessments in connection with all such matters
15
Table of Contents
are adequate and that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position. However, there exists a possibility of loss in excess of the amounts accrued, the amount of which cannot currently be estimated. While the Company does not believe that the amount of such excess loss could be material to the Company's financial position, any such loss could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in the period(s) during which the underlying matters are resolved.
ITEM 4 (REMOVED AND RESERVED)
PART II
ITEM 5 MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The common stock of The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PBY." There were 4,399 registered shareholders as of March 30, 2012. The following table sets forth for the periods listed, the high and low sale prices and the cash dividends paid on the Company's common stock.
MARKET PRICE PER SHARE
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Market Price Per Share | |
| |
---|
| | Cash Dividends Per Share | |
---|
| | High | | Low | |
---|
Fiscal 2011 | | | | | | | | | | |
Fourth quarter | | $ | 12.08 | | $ | 10.21 | | $ | 0.03 | |
Third quarter | | | 12.04 | | | 8.18 | | | 0.03 | |
Second quarter | | | 14.28 | | | 10.27 | | | 0.03 | |
First quarter | | | 14.70 | | | 10.53 | | | 0.03 | |
Fiscal 2010 | | | | | | | | | | |
Fourth quarter | | $ | 15.96 | | $ | 11.37 | | $ | 0.03 | |
Third quarter | | | 12.00 | | | 8.82 | | | 0.03 | |
Second quarter | | | 13.26 | | | 7.86 | | | 0.03 | |
First quarter | | | 13.42 | | | 8.08 | | | 0.03 | |
On March 12, 2009, the Board of Directors reduced the quarterly cash dividend to $0.03 per share. On January 29, 2012, the Board of Directors suspended all future dividend payments in anticipation of the Company's pending merger pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. See Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for additional information.
On January 26, 2010, the Company terminated the flexible employee benefits trust (the "Trust") that was established on April 29, 1994 to fund a portion of the Company's obligations arising from various employee compensation and benefit plans. In accordance with the terms of the Trust, upon its termination, the Trust's sole asset, consisting of 2,195,270 shares of the Company's common stock, was transferred to the Company in exchange for the full satisfaction and discharge of all intercompany indebtedness then owed by the Trust to the Company. The termination of the Trust had no impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements, except for the reclassification of the shares within the shareholders equity section of the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
16
Table of Contents
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
The following table sets forth the Company's shares authorized for issuance under its equity compensation plans at January 28, 2012:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) | | Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) | | Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in the first column (a)) | |
---|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders | | | 2,952,304 | | $ | 6.16 | | | 3,197,172 | |
17
Table of Contents
STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE
The following graph compares the cumulative total return on shares of Pep Boys stock over the past five years with the cumulative total return on shares of companies in (1) the Standard & Poor's SmallCap 600 Index, (2) the S&P 600 Automotive Retail Index and (3) an index of peer and comparable companies as determined by the Company. The comparison assumes that $100 was invested in January 2007 in Pep Boys Stock and in each of the indices and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The S&P 600 Automotive Retail Index consists of companies in the S&P SmallCap 600 index that meet the definition of the automotive retail classification, and is currently comprised of: Group 1 Automotive, Inc.; Lithia Motors, Inc.; Midas, Inc.; Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.; Sonic Automotive, Inc.; and The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack. The companies currently comprising the Peer Group are: Aaron's, Inc.; Advance Auto Parts, Inc.; AutoZone, Inc.; Big 5 Sporting Goods Corp.; Cabelas, Inc.; Conn's, Inc.; Dick's Sporting Goods, Inc.; HHGregg, Inc.; Midas, Inc.; Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.; O'Reilly Automotive, Inc.; PetSmart, Inc.; RadioShack Corp.; Rent-A-Center, Inc.; Tractor Supply Co.; West Marine, Inc.
Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return
![](https://capedge.com/proxy/10-K/0001047469-12-004166/g627884.jpg)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Company/Index | | Jan. 2007 | | Jan. 2008 | | Jan. 2009 | | Jan. 2010 | | Jan. 2011 | | Jan. 2012 | |
---|
Pep Boys | | $ | 100.00 | | $ | 74.05 | | $ | 19.23 | | $ | 56.39 | | $ | 95.48 | | $ | 83.37 | |
S&P SmallCap 600 Index | | $ | 100.00 | | $ | 93.88 | | $ | 57.94 | | $ | 80.52 | | $ | 104.73 | | $ | 114.02 | |
Peer Group | | $ | 100.00 | | $ | 85.18 | | $ | 72.19 | | $ | 98.03 | | $ | 146.69 | | $ | 192.82 | |
S&P 600 Automotive Retail Index | | $ | 100.00 | | $ | 62.90 | | $ | 17.23 | | $ | 47.75 | | $ | 68.24 | | $ | 87.25 | |
18
Table of Contents
ITEM 6 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth the selected financial data for the Company and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Fiscal Year Ended | | Jan. 28, 2012 | | Jan. 29, 2011 | | Jan. 30, 2010 | | Jan. 31, 2009 | | Feb. 2, 2008 | |
---|
| | (dollar amounts are in thousands, except per share data)
| |
---|
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Merchandise sales | | $ | 1,642,757 | | $ | 1,598,168 | | $ | 1,533,619 | | $ | 1,569,664 | | $ | 1,749,578 | |
Service revenue | | | 420,870 | | | 390,473 | | | 377,319 | | | 358,124 | | | 388,497 | |
Total revenues | | | 2,063,627 | | | 1,988,641 | | | 1,910,938 | | | 1,927,788 | | | 2,138,075 | |
Gross profit from merchandise sales(8) | | | 488,435 | (1) | | 487,788 | (3) | | 448,815 | (4) | | 440,502 | (5) | | 443,626 | (6) |
Gross profit from service revenue(8) | | | 21,094 | (1) | | 34,564 | (3) | | 37,292 | (4) | | 24,930 | (5) | | 42,611 | (6) |
Total gross profit | | | 509,529 | (1) | | 522,352 | (3) | | 486,107 | (4) | | 465,432 | (5) | | 486,237 | (6) |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 443,986 | | | 442,239 | | | 430,261 | | | 485,044 | | | 518,373 | |
Net gain from disposition of assets | | | 27 | | | 2,467 | | | 1,213 | | | 9,716 | | | 15,151 | |
Operating profit (loss) | | | 65,570 | | | 82,580 | | | 57,059 | | | (9,896 | ) | | (16,985 | ) |
Non-operating income | | | 2,324 | | | 2,609 | | | 2,261 | | | 1,967 | | | 5,246 | |
Interest expense | | | 26,306 | | | 26,745 | | | 21,704 | (7) | | 27,048 | (7) | | 51,293 | |
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations | | | 41,588 | (1) | | 58,444 | (3) | | 37,616 | (4) | | (34,977 | )(5) | | (63,032 | )(6) |
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations | | | 29,128 | (2) | | 37,171 | | | 24,113 | | | (28,838 | ) | | (37,438 | ) |
Discontinued operations, net of tax | | | (225 | ) | | (540 | ) | | (1,077 | )(4) | | (1,591 | )(5) | | (3,601 | )(6) |
Net earnings (loss) | | | 28,903 | | | 36,631 | | | 23,036 | | | (30,429 | ) | | (41,039 | ) |
BALANCE SHEET DATA | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Working capital | | $ | 166,627 | | $ | 203,367 | | $ | 205,525 | | $ | 179,233 | | $ | 195,343 | |
Current ratio | | | 1.27 to 1 | | | 1.36 to 1 | | | 1.40 to 1 | | | 1.33 to 1 | | | 1.35 to 1 | |
Merchandise inventories | | $ | 614,136 | | $ | 564,402 | | $ | 559,118 | | $ | 564,931 | | $ | 561,152 | |
Property and equipment-net | | $ | 696,339 | | $ | 700,981 | | $ | 706,450 | | $ | 740,331 | | $ | 780,779 | |
Total assets | | $ | 1,633,779 | | $ | 1,556,672 | | $ | 1,499,086 | | $ | 1,552,389 | | $ | 1,583,920 | |
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities | | $ | 294,043 | | $ | 295,122 | | $ | 306,201 | | $ | 352,382 | | $ | 400,016 | |
Total stockholders' equity | | $ | 504,329 | | $ | 478,460 | | $ | 443,295 | | $ | 423,156 | | $ | 470,712 | |
DATA PER COMMON SHARE | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic earnings (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations | | $ | 0.55 | | $ | 0.71 | | $ | 0.46 | | $ | (0.55 | ) | $ | (0.72 | ) |
Basic earnings (loss) | | | 0.54 | | | 0.70 | | | 0.44 | | | (0.58 | ) | | (0.79 | ) |
Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations | | | 0.54 | | | 0.70 | | | 0.46 | | | (0.55 | ) | | (0.72 | ) |
Diluted earnings (loss) | | | 0.54 | | | 0.69 | | | 0.44 | | | (0.58 | ) | | (0.79 | ) |
Cash dividends declared | | | 0.12 | | | 0.12 | | | 0.12 | | | 0.27 | | | 0.27 | |
Book value | | | 9.56 | | | 9.10 | | | 8.46 | | | 8.10 | | | 9.10 | |
Common share price range: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
High | | | 14.70 | | | 15.96 | | | 10.83 | | | 12.56 | | | 22.49 | |
Low | | | 8.18 | | | 7.86 | | | 2.76 | | | 2.62 | | | 8.25 | |
OTHER STATISTICS | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average stockholders' equity(9) | | | 5.8 | % | | 7.9 | % | | 5.3 | % | | (6.8 | )% | | (7.9 | )% |
Common shares issued and outstanding | | | 52,753,719 | | | 52,585,131 | | | 52,392,967 | | | 52,237,750 | | | 51,752,677 | |
Capital expenditures | | $ | 74,746 | | $ | 70,252 | | $ | 43,214 | | $ | 151,883 | (10) | $ | 43,116 | |
Number of stores | | | 738 | | | 621 | | | 587 | | | 562 | | | 562 | |
Number of service bays | | | 7,182 | | | 6,259 | | | 6,027 | | | 5,845 | | | 5,845 | |
- (1)
- Includes an aggregate pretax charge of $1.6 million for asset impairment, of which $0.6 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales, $1.0 million was charged to service cost of sales.
19
Table of Contents
- (2)
- Includes a tax benefit of $3.6 million due to the release of valuation allowances on state net operating loss carryforwards and credits.
- (3)
- Includes a pretax benefit of $5.9 million due to the reduction in reserve for excess inventory which reduced merchandise cost of sales and an aggregate pretax charge of $1.0 million for asset impairment, of which $0.8 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales and $0.2 million was charged to service cost of sales.
- (4)
- Includes an aggregate pretax charge of $3.1 million for asset impairment, of which $2.2 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales, $0.7 million was charged to service cost of sales and $0.2 million (pretax) was charged to discontinued operations.
- (5)
- Includes an aggregate pretax charge of $5.4 million for asset impairment, of which $2.8 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales, $0.6 million was charged to service cost of sales and $1.9 million (pretax) was charged to discontinued operations.
- (6)
- Includes an aggregate pretax charge of $11.0 million for the asset impairment and closure of 31 stores, of which $5.4 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales, $1.8 million was charged to service cost of sales and $3.8 million (pretax) was charged to discontinued operations. In addition, we recorded a pretax $32.8 million inventory impairment charge to cost of merchandise sales for the discontinuance of certain product offerings.
- (7)
- Fiscal 2009 includes a gain from debt retirement of $6.2 million. Fiscal 2008 includes a gain from debt retirement of $3.5 million, partially offset by a $1.2 million charge for deferred financing costs.
- (8)
- Gross profit from merchandise sales includes the cost of products sold, buying, warehousing and store occupancy costs. Gross profit from service revenue includes the cost of installed products sold, buying, warehousing, service payroll and related employee benefits and occupancy costs. Occupancy costs include utilities, rents, real estate and property taxes, repairs and maintenance and depreciation and amortization expenses. Our gross profit may not be comparable to those of our competitors due to differences in industry practice regarding the classification of certain costs.
- (9)
- Return on average stockholders' equity is calculated by taking the net earnings (loss) for the period divided by average stockholders' equity for the year.
- (10)
- Includes the purchase of master lease assets for $117.1 million.
20
Table of Contents
ITEM 7 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
The following discussion and analysis explains the results of our operations for fiscal 2011 and 2010 and developments affecting our financial condition as of January 28, 2012. This discussion and analysis below should be read in conjunction with Item 6 "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," and our consolidated financial statements and the notes included elsewhere in this report. The discussion and analysis contains "forward looking statements" within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward looking statements include management's expectations regarding implementation of its long-term strategic plan, future financial performance, automotive aftermarket trends, levels of competition, business development activities, future capital expenditures, financing sources and availability and the effects of regulation and litigation. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward looking statements due to a number of factors beyond our control, including those set forth under the section entitled "Item 1A Risk Factors" elsewhere in this report.
Introduction
The Pep Boys-Manny, Moe & Jack is the leading national chain offering automotive service, tires, parts and accessories. This positioning allows us to streamline the distribution channel and pass the savings on to our customers facilitating our vision to be the automotive solutions provider of choice for the value-oriented customer. The majority of our stores are in a Supercenter format, which serves both "do-it-for-me" ("DIFM", which includes service labor, installed merchandise and tires) and "do-it-yourself" ("DIY") customers with the highest quality service offerings and merchandise. Most of our Supercenters also have a commercial sales program that provides delivery of tires, parts and other products to automotive repair shops and dealers. In 2009, as part of our long-term strategy to lead with automotive service, we began complementing our existing Supercenter store base with Service & Tire Centers. These Service & Tire Centers are designed to capture market share and leverage our existing Supercenter and support infrastructure. This growth will occur both organically and through acquisitions. The growth is targeted at existing markets, but may include new markets opportunistically. Acquisitions will be used to accelerate growth in markets where the Company is under-penetrated.
During fiscal 2011, we acquired 99 Service & Tire Centers (see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data"), opened 20 new Service & Tire Centers and one new Supercenter, converted one Pep Express (retail only) store and one Service & Tire Center to Supercenters, and closed three stores. We are targeting a total of 75 new Service & Tire Centers and 10 Supercenters in fiscal 2012. As of January 28, 2012, we operated 562 Supercenters and 169 Service & Tire Centers, as well as seven legacy Pep Express stores throughout 35 states and Puerto Rico.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Net earnings for fiscal 2011 were $28.9 million, a $7.7 million decrease from the $36.6 million reported for fiscal 2010. The decrease in profitability was primarily due to lower total gross profit margins, higher selling, general and administrative expenses, and lower net gains from disposition of assets. The current year net earnings also benefitted from a reduction in the effective tax rate which declined from 36.4% in fiscal year 2010 to 30.0% in the current year. Our diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2011 were $0.54, a decrease of $0.15 from the $0.69 recorded for fiscal 2010.
Total revenue increased for fiscal 2011 by 3.8% as compared to fiscal 2010 as a result of our growth strategy. This increase in total revenues was comprised of a 7.8% increase in service revenue and a 2.8% increase in merchandise sales. For fiscal 2011, comparable store sales (sales generated by
21
Table of Contents
locations in operation during the same period of the prior year) decreased by 0.6%. This decrease in comparable store sales was comprised of a 0.6% increase in comparable store service revenue offset by a 0.9% decrease in comparable store merchandise sales.
Sales of our services and non-discretionary products are impacted by miles driven. From March through December 2011, unleaded gasoline prices averaged $3.59 per gallon (national average) as compared to $2.80 in the corresponding period of the prior year. We believe the significant increase in gasoline prices led to the 1.8% decrease in miles driven from March through November 2011, after growing moderately over the previous 12 months. This change in trend combined with the financial burden of higher gasoline prices, continued high unemployment and negative consumer confidence in the overall U.S. economy depressed our fiscal 2011 sales. We believe these factors have also led customers to maintain their existing vehicles, rather than purchasing new ones which, in turn has partially offset the negative impact the reduction in miles driven has had on our sales of services and non-discretionary products. These same factors have negatively affected sales in our discretionary product categories like accessories and complementary merchandise. Given the nature of these macroeconomic factors, we cannot predict whether or for how long these trends will continue, nor can we predict to what degree these trends will affect us in the future. In addition, an unseasonably warm winter quarter in fiscal 2011 reduced sales in certain categories including wiper blades, batteries, antifreeze and winter goods.
Our primary response to fluctuations in customer demand is to adjust our service and product assortment, store staffing and advertising messages. We believe that we are well positioned to help our customers save money and meet their needs in a challenging macroeconomic environment. In 2011, we have continued our "surround sound" media campaign that utilizes television, radio, digital and direct mail advertising to communicate our "DOES EVERYTHING. FOR LESS." brand message and have focused on "execution excellence" in our stores in order to earn the TRUST of our customers every day. We continue to develop innovative ways to make it more convenient for customers to do business with us and in the third quarter of 2011 we launched TreadSmart, which gives customers the ability to research, purchase and schedule the installation of tires online at a local Pep Boys location. We are currently piloting, and expect to roll-out nationally in 2012, eCommerce solutions that will allow retail customers to purchase products online for pick up at their local store or delivery to their home and commercial customers to order, pay and manage their accounts online.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion explains the material changes in our results of operations for the years ended January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010.
22
Table of Contents
Analysis of Statement of Operations
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain items in the consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenues (except as otherwise provided) and the percentage change in dollar amounts of such items compared to the indicated prior period.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Percentage of Total Revenues | | Percentage Change | |
---|
Year ended | | Jan 28, 2012 (Fiscal 2011) | | Jan 29, 2011 (Fiscal 2010) | | Jan 30, 2010 (Fiscal 2009) | | Fiscal 2011 vs. Fiscal 2010 | | Fiscal 2010 vs. Fiscal 2009 | |
---|
Merchandise sales | | | 79.6 | % | | 80.4 | % | | 80.3 | % | | 2.8 | % | | 4.2 | % |
Service revenue(1) | | | 20.4 | | | 19.6 | | | 19.7 | | | 7.8 | | | 3.5 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | | 100.0 | | | 100.0 | | | 100.0 | | | 3.8 | | | 4.1 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Costs of merchandise sales(2) | | | 70.3 | (3) | | 69.5 | (3) | | 70.7 | (3) | | (4.0 | ) | | (2.4 | ) |
Costs of service revenue(2) | | | 95.0 | (3) | | 91.1 | (3) | | 90.1 | (3) | | (12.3 | ) | | (4.7 | ) |
Total costs of revenues | | | 75.3 | | | 73.7 | | | 74.6 | | | (6.0 | ) | | (2.9 | ) |
Gross profit from merchandise sales | | | 29.7 | (3) | | 30.5 | (3) | | 29.3 | (3) | | 0.1 | | | 8.7 | |
Gross profit from service revenue | | | 5.0 | (3) | | 8.9 | (3) | | 9.9 | (3) | | (39.0 | ) | | (7.3 | ) |
Total gross profit | | | 24.7 | | | 26.3 | | | 25.4 | | | (2.5 | ) | | 7.5 | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 21.5 | | | 22.2 | | | 22.5 | | | (0.4 | ) | | (2.8 | ) |
Net gain from disposition of assets | | | — | | | 0.1 | | | 0.1 | | | (98.9 | ) | | 103.4 | |
Operating profit (loss) | | | 3.2 | | | 4.2 | | | 3.0 | | | (20.6 | ) | | 44.7 | |
Non-operating income | | | 0.1 | | | 0.1 | | | 0.1 | | | (10.9 | ) | | 15.4 | |
Interest expense | | | 1.3 | | | 1.3 | | | 1.1 | | | 1.6 | | | (23.2 | ) |
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes | | | 2.0 | | | 2.9 | | | 2.0 | | | (28.8 | ) | | 55.4 | |
Income tax expense (benefit) | | | 30.0 | (4) | | 36.4 | (4) | | 35.9 | (4) | | 41.4 | | | (57.5 | ) |
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations | | | 1.4 | | | 1.9 | | | 1.3 | | | (21.6 | ) | | 54.2 | |
Discontinued operations, net of tax | | | — | | | — | | | (0.1 | ) | | 58.3 | | | 49.9 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings (loss) | | | 1.4 | | | 1.8 | | | 1.2 | | | (21.1 | ) | | 59.0 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- (1)
- Service revenue consists of the labor charge for installing merchandise or maintaining or repairing vehicles, excluding the sale of any installed parts or materials.
- (2)
- Costs of merchandise sales include the cost of products sold, buying, warehousing and store occupancy costs. Costs of service revenue include service center payroll and related employee benefits and service center occupancy costs. Occupancy costs include utilities, rents, real estate and property taxes, repairs and maintenance and depreciation and amortization expenses.
- (3)
- As a percentage of related sales or revenue, as applicable.
- (4)
- As a percentage of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes.
Fiscal 2011 vs. Fiscal 2010
Total revenue for fiscal 2011 increased by 3.8% or $75.0 million to $2,063.6 million from $1,988.6 million in fiscal 2010, while comparable store sales for fiscal 2011 decreased 0.6% as compared to the prior year. This decrease in comparable store sales consisted of an increase of 0.6% in comparable store service revenue offset by a decrease of 0.9% in comparable store merchandise sales. Total comparable store sales decreased due to lower customer counts in all three lines of business partially
23
Table of Contents
offset by an increase in the average transaction amount per customer. While our total revenue figures were favorably impacted by the opening or acquisition of new stores, a new store is not added to our comparable store sales until it reaches its 13th month of operation. Non-comparable stores contributed an additional $86.6 million of total revenue in fiscal 2011 as compared to the prior year.
Total merchandise sales increased 2.8%, or $44.6 million, to $1,642.8 million in fiscal 2011, compared to $1,598.2 million in fiscal 2010. The increase in merchandise sales was due to our non-comparable stores which contributed an additional $58.4 million of sales during the year, partially offset by a decline in comparable store merchandise sales of 0.9%, or $13.8 million. The decrease in comparable store merchandise sales was comprised of a 2.3% decline in our retail business which was mostly offset by a 1.9% increase in merchandise sold through our service business as a result of increased tire and installed part sales. Total service revenue increased 7.8%, or $30.4 million, to $420.9 million in fiscal 2011 from $390.5 million in the prior year. The increase in service revenue was comprised of a $2.2 million, or 0.6%, increase in comparable store service revenue and $28.2 million of service revenue from our new non-comparable stores.
We believe that comparable store customer counts decreased due to macroeconomic conditions, while the average transaction amount per customer increased due to selling price increases implemented to reflect the inflation in product acquisition costs. We believe the significant increase in gasoline prices led to a decline in miles driven, which combined with the financial burden of higher gasoline prices, continued high unemployment and negative consumer confidence in the overall U.S. economy depressed our fiscal 2011 sales. These negative economic conditions were somewhat mitigated by the continued aging of the U.S. light vehicle fleet as consumers spent more money on maintaining their vehicles as opposed to buying new vehicles. Over the long-term, we believe utilizing innovative marketing programs to communicate our value-priced, differentiated service and merchandise assortment will drive increased customer counts and our continued focus on delivering a better customer experience than our competitors will convert those increased customer counts into sales improvements consistently over all lines of business.
Total gross profit decreased by $12.8 million, or 2.5%, to $509.5 million in fiscal 2011 from $522.4 million in fiscal 2010. Total gross profit margin decreased to 24.7% for fiscal 2011 from 26.3% for fiscal 2010. The decrease in total gross profit margin was primarily due to the opening or acquisition of new Service & Tire Centers. The 85 Big 10 locations acquired in the second quarter of 2011 lowered total gross profit margin for fiscal 2011 by 50 basis points. The Big 10 locations were dilutive to total gross profit margin primarily due to mix of sales being more highly concentrated in tires which have lower product margins combined with higher rent and payroll costs as a percent of total sales. The organic new stores opened by the Company, which are in their ramp up stage for sales while incurring their full amount of fixed expenses, including payroll and occupancy costs (rent, utilities and building maintenance), negatively affected total gross profit margin by 81 basis points and 42 basis points for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The current year also included a net charge of $0.5 million comprised of a $1.6 million asset impairment charge which was mostly offset by a $1.1 million reduction in the reserve for excess inventory. The prior year included a net benefit of $5.9 million comprised of a reduction in the reserve for excess inventory of $5.9 million and a $1.0 million reversal of an inventory accrual partially offset by an asset impairment charge of $1.0 million. Excluding the impact of both the acquired and the new organic Service & Tire Centers and the unusual items noted above, the total gross profit margin declined by 33 basis points to 26.1% from 26.4% in the prior year. This decline was mostly due to a shift in sales to lower margin tires and increased tire pricing pressure. While the acquired and new organic Service & Tire Centers have had a negative impact on total gross profit margin, these Service & Tire Centers positively contributed to total gross profit for the current fiscal year.
Gross profit from merchandise sales increased by $0.6 million, or 0.1%, to $488.4 million for fiscal 2011 from $487.8 million in fiscal 2010. Gross profit margin from merchandise sales decreased to
24
Table of Contents
29.7% from 30.5% for the prior year. Gross profit from merchandise sales for fiscal 2011 included a $1.1 million reduction in our reserve for excess inventory and an asset impairment charge of $0.6 million. Gross profit from merchandise sales for fiscal 2010 included a net benefit of $6.2 million comprised of a $5.9 million reduction in our reserve for excess inventory and the reversal of an inventory related accrual of approximately $1.0 million partially offset by a $0.8 million asset impairment charge. Excluding these items from both years, gross profit margin from merchandise sales decreased by 44 basis points to 29.7% in fiscal 2011 from 30.1% in the prior year primarily due to a decrease in product gross margins of 50 basis points. The decrease in product gross margins was primarily due to a shift in sales to lower margin tires and increased tire pricing pressure.
Gross profit from service revenue decreased by $13.5 million, or 39.0%, to $21.1 million for fiscal 2011 from $34.6 million in fiscal 2010. Gross profit margin from service revenue decreased to 5.0% from 8.9% for the prior year. In accordance with GAAP, service revenue is limited to labor sales (excludes any revenue from installed parts and materials) and costs of service revenue includes the fully loaded service center payroll, and related employee benefits, and service center occupancy costs. Gross profit from service revenue for fiscal 2011 and 2010 included a $1.0 million and $0.2 million asset impairment charge, respectively. Excluding the charge from both years, gross profit margin from service revenue decreased to 5.25% for fiscal 2011 from 8.9% in the prior year. The decrease in gross profit from service revenue was due to the opening or acquisition of new Service & Tire Centers. Excluding the impact of the acquired and new Service & Tire Centers, (which are in their ramp up stage for sales while incurring their full amount of fixed expenses, including payroll and occupancy costs) and the impairment charge, gross profit from service revenue increased to 11.3% for fiscal 2011 from 10.6% for fiscal 2010. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased service revenues which better leveraged fixed store occupancy costs, partially offset by an increase in payroll and occupancy costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 21.5% in fiscal 2011 from 22.2% in fiscal 2010. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.7 million, or 0.4%, to $444.0 million. The increase was primarily due to higher general liability and workers compensation claims expense of $4.8 million related to a favorable actuarial based adjustment in the prior year, higher travel costs from increased gasoline prices related to our commercial fleet of $2.3 million, and acquisition, transition and merger related costs of $2.0 million. These were mostly offset by lower payroll and related expenses of $4.9 million, primarily due to lower short-term compensation accruals, and lower media expense of $2.6 million. The reduction as a percentage of sales reflects improved leverage of selling, general and administrative expenses achieved through increased sales in fiscal 2011.
Net gains from the disposition of assets were not significant in fiscal 2011 and were $2.5 million in fiscal 2010. Fiscal 2010 includes $2.1 million in net settlement proceeds from the disposition of a previously closed property.
Interest expense decreased by $0.4 million to $26.3 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $26.7 million in fiscal 2010.
Income tax expense for fiscal 2011 was $12.5 million, or an effective rate of 30.0%, as compared to $21.3 million, or an effective rate of 36.4%, for fiscal 2010. The fiscal 2011 effective tax rate includes a $3.6 million benefit related to the release of valuation allowance on certain state net operating losses and credits. The fiscal 2010 effective tax rate includes a $2.2 million benefit related to the reduction of a valuation allowance on certain state net operating losses and credits.
As a result of the foregoing, we reported net earnings of $28.9 million for fiscal 2011, a decrease of $7.7 million, or 21.1%, as compared to net earnings of $36.6 million for fiscal 2010. Our diluted earnings per share were $0.54 for fiscal 2011 as compared to $0.69 for fiscal 2010.
25
Table of Contents
Fiscal 2010 vs. Fiscal 2009
Total revenue and comparable store sales for fiscal 2010 increased 4.1% and 2.7%, respectively, over the prior year. Total revenue for fiscal 2010 increased by $77.7 million to $1,988.6 million from $1,910.9 million in fiscal 2009. The 2.7% increase in comparable store revenues consisted of a 1.1% increase in comparable store service revenue and a 3.1% increase in comparable store merchandise sales. While our total revenue figures were favorably impacted by our opening of 35 new stores in fiscal 2010, a new store is not added to our comparable store sales base until it reaches its 13th month of operation. Non-comparable store sales contributed an additional $25.9 million of total revenues in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. Total comparable store sales increased due to growth in customer counts in all three lines of business combined with an increase in the total average transaction amount per customer.
Total merchandise sales increased 4.2%, or $64.5 million, to $1,598.2 million in fiscal 2010 as compared to $1,533.6 million in fiscal 2009. Comparable store merchandise sales increased 3.1%, or $47.7 million, as compared to the prior year, driven primarily by increased customer counts across all lines of business as well as an increase in the average transaction amount per customer. The balance of the increase in merchandise sales was due to the contribution from our non-comparable stores. Total service revenue increased 3.5%, or $13.2 million, to $390.5 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $377.3 million in fiscal 2009. Comparable store service revenue increased 1.1%, or $4.2 million, as compared to the prior year, due to higher customer counts partially offset by a decrease in average transaction amount per customer. The balance of the increase in service revenue was primarily due to the contribution from our non-comparable store base which accounted for an additional $9.0 million of service revenue.
In fiscal 2010, comparable customer count increased versus fiscal 2009 in all lines of business due to our traffic-driving promotional events and rewards program and our improved customer experience resulting from better store execution. Our core automotive parts and tires categories, which make up approximately 79% of our merchandise sales, experienced a 3.6% increase in comparable store sales.
Gross profit from merchandise sales increased by $39.0 million, or 8.7%, to $487.8 million in fiscal 2010 from $448.8 million in fiscal 2009. Gross profit margin from merchandise sales increased to 30.5% for fiscal 2010 from 29.3% for fiscal 2009. Gross profit from merchandise sales for fiscal 2010 included a net benefit of $6.2 million comprised of a $5.9 million reduction in our reserve for excess inventory, which is discussed below, and the reversal of an inventory related accrual of approximately $1.0 million partially offset by an $0.8 million asset impairment charge. Gross profit from merchandise sales for fiscal 2009 included a net benefit of $0.4 million comprised of the reversal of inventory related accruals of approximately $2.0 million and a $0.6 million gain from an insurance settlement, largely offset by a $2.2 million asset impairment charge. Excluding these items from both years, gross profit margin from merchandise sales improved by 90 basis points to 30.1% in fiscal 2010 from 29.2% in the prior year. This improvement was primarily due to less inventory shrinkage, lower defective product expense and increased merchandise sales, which better leveraged fixed store occupancy costs such as rent and utilities and warehousing costs such as payroll and out bound freight-costs.
In fiscal 2010 we reduced our reserve for excess inventory by $5.9 million, of which $4.6 million was recorded in the fourth quarter, as a result of significant improvements in the quality of our inventory, including: (i) improving inventory management, including timely return of excess product to vendors for full credit; (ii) maintaining relatively flat inventory levels despite the investment in new stores; (iii) reducing inventory lead times and safety stock requirements, including consolidating slow-moving hard parts inventory into one centrally located warehouse, which led to significant reductions in slower moving parts inventory at our distribution centers; and (iv) increasing our inventory turnover ratio, which is reflected in our increased comparable store sales.
26
Table of Contents
Gross profit from service revenue decreased by $2.7 million, or 7.3%, to $34.6 million in fiscal 2010 from $37.3 million in the prior year. Gross profit margin from service revenue decreased to 8.9% for fiscal 2010 from 9.9% for fiscal 2009. Gross profit from service revenue for fiscal 2010 included a $0.2 million asset impairment charge related to previously closed stores. Gross profit from service revenue for fiscal 2009 included a $0.7 million asset impairment charge related to previously closed stores. Excluding these items from both years, gross profit margin from service revenue decreased to 8.9% for fiscal 2010 from 10.1% in the prior year. The decrease in gross profit from service revenue was due to the opening of new Service & Tire Centers, which while in their ramp up stage for sales incur their full amount of fixed expenses, including payroll and occupancy costs (rent, utilities and building maintenance). Our new Service & Tire Centers negatively impacted gross margins by 134 basis points in fiscal 2010. Excluding the impact of new Service & Tire Centers and the impairment charges described above, gross profit from service revenue increased to 10.7% for fiscal 2010 from 10.5% for fiscal 2009. The increase in gross profit, exclusive of new locations, was primarily due to increased service revenues which better leveraged fixed store occupancy costs and, to a lesser extent, labor costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 22.2% in fiscal 2010 from 22.5% in fiscal 2009. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $12.0 million, or 2.8%, to $442.2 million. The increase was primarily due to higher payroll and related expenses of $5.6 million, higher media expense of $4.9 million and increased travel costs of $1.4 million. The reduction as a percentage of sales reflects improved leverage of selling, general and administrative expenses achieved through increased sales in fiscal 2010.
Net gains from the disposition of assets increased by $1.3 million to $2.5 million in fiscal 2010 from $1.2 million in fiscal 2009. Fiscal 2010 includes $2.1 million in net settlement proceeds from the disposition of a previously closed property, while fiscal 2009 reflects an aggregate gain of $1.3 million from three store sale and leaseback transactions.
Interest expense for fiscal 2010 was $26.7 million, an increase of $5.0 million, compared to $21.7 million in fiscal 2009. Interest expense for fiscal 2009 included a $6.2 million gain from the retirement of debt. Excluding this item, interest expense decreased by $1.2 million in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 primarily due to reduced debt levels.
Income tax expense for fiscal 2010 was $21.3 million, or an effective rate of 36.4%, as compared to $13.5 million, or an effective rate of 35.9%, for fiscal 2009. The fiscal 2010 effective tax rate includes a $2.1 million benefit related to the reduction of a valuation allowance on certain state net operating losses and credits. The fiscal 2009 effective tax rate includes a $1.2 million benefit due to the allocation of additional costs to certain jurisdictions thereby reducing past and future tax liabilities.
As a result of the foregoing, we reported net earnings of $36.6 million for fiscal 2010, an increase of $13.6 million, or 59%, as compared to net earnings of $23.0 million for fiscal 2009. Our diluted earnings per share were $0.69 for fiscal 2010 as compared to $0.44 for fiscal 2009.
Discontinued Operations
The analysis of our results of continuing operations excludes the operating results of closed stores, where the customer base could not be maintained, which have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
Industry Comparison
We operate in the U.S. automotive aftermarket, which has two general lines of business: (1) the Service business, defined as Do-It-For-Me (service labor, installed merchandise and tires) and (2) the Retail business, defined as Do-It-Yourself (retail merchandise) and commercial. Generally, specialized automotive retailers focus on either the Service or Retail area of the business. We believe that
27
Table of Contents
operation in both the Service and Retail areas positively differentiates us from most of our competitors. Although we manage our performance at a store level in aggregation, we believe that the following presentation, which includes the reclassification of revenue from merchandise that we install in customer vehicles to service center revenue, shows an accurate comparison against competitors within the two sales arenas. We compete in the Retail area of the business through our retail sales floor and commercial sales business. Our Service Center business competes in the Service area of the industry. The following table presents the revenues and gross profit for each area of the business.
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Fiscal Year ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Service center revenue(1) | | $ | 1,038,714 | | $ | 941,869 | | $ | 897,630 | |
Retail sales(2) | | | 1,024,913 | | | 1,046,772 | | | 1,013,308 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | $ | 2,063,627 | | $ | 1,988,641 | | $ | 1,910,938 | |
| | | | | | | |
Gross profit from service center revenue(3) | | $ | 220,314 | | $ | 216,176 | | $ | 211,056 | |
Gross profit from retail sales(4) | | | 289,213 | | | 306,176 | | | 275,051 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total gross profit | | $ | 509,527 | | $ | 522,352 | | $ | 486,107 | |
| | | | | | | |
- (1)
- Includes revenues from installed products.
- (2)
- Excludes revenues from installed products.
- (3)
- Gross profit from service center revenue includes the cost of installed products sold, buying, warehousing, service center payroll and related employee benefits and service center occupancy costs. Occupancy costs include utilities, rents, real estate and property taxes, repairs and maintenance and depreciation and amortization expenses.
- (4)
- Gross profit from retail sales includes the cost of products sold, buying, warehousing and store occupancy costs. Occupancy costs include utilities, rents, real estate and property taxes, repairs and maintenance and depreciation and amortization expenses.
CAPITAL & LIQUIDITY
Capital Resources and Needs
Our cash requirements arise principally from (1) the purchase of inventory and capital expenditures related to existing and new stores, offices and distribution centers, (2) debt service and (3) contractual obligations. Cash flows realized through the sales of automotive services, tires, parts and accessories are our primary source of liquidity. Net cash provided by operating activities was $73.7 million for fiscal 2011, as compared to $117.2 million for fiscal 2010. The $43.5 million decrease was primarily due to an unfavorable change in operating assets and liabilities of $36.4 million, a decrease in net earnings net of non-cash adjustments of $8.4 million and a decrease in net cash used in discontinued operations of $1.2 million. The change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to unfavorable changes in inventory, net of accounts payable of $20.1 million, accrued expenses and other current assets of $15.0 million and other liabilities of $1.3 million.
In fiscal year 2011, the increased investment in inventory of $42.8 million was principally funded by increased participation in our trade payable program and improvements in our trade vendor payment terms. Taking into consideration changes in our trade payable program liability (shown as cash flows from financing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows), cash generated from accounts payable was $53.8 million and $29.7 million for fiscal years 2011 and 2010, respectively. The ratio of accounts payable, including our trade payable program, to inventory was 53.6% and 47.3% as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. The increase in inventory of $49.7 million since the
28
Table of Contents
end of fiscal 2010 year end, (including inventory acquired as part of store acquisitions which is shown in acquisition, net of cash acquired on the consolidated statement of cash flows) was due to (i) investment in our new or acquired stores of $11.0 million, (ii) higher inventory balances due to increase in commodity pricing including tires and oil based products of $14.4 million, and (iii) increased inventory coverage in certain tire and hard part categories.
The change in accrued expenses and other current assets was primarily due to the reduction in 401(k) employer match, decrease in supplemental executive retirement plan pension accruals and lower short-term bonus compensation accruals of $11.1 million.
Cash used in investing activities was $125.6 million in fiscal 2011 as compared to $72.1 million in the prior year, an increase of $53.5 million. During fiscal 2011, we acquired 99 Service & Tire Centers through three separate transactions, including 85 stores in Florida, Georgia and Alabama, seven stores in Houston and seven stores in the Seattle/Tacoma market for $42.6 million, net of cash acquired (see Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data"). Capital expenditures were $74.7 million and $70.3 million in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2011 included the addition of 20 new Service & Tire Centers, one new Supercenter, the conversion of one Service & Tire Center and one Pep Express store to Supercenters, and the conversion of 19 Supercenters into Superhubs in addition to our regularly scheduled store and distribution center improvements and information technology enhancements. During fiscal 2011, we sold the last remaining store classified as held for disposal at its carrying value of $0.5 million. During fiscal 2010, we sold seven properties classified as held for disposal for net proceeds of $4.3 million, of which $0.6 million is included in discontinued operations, completed one sale leaseback transaction for net proceeds of $1.6 million and received $2.1 million in net settlement proceeds from the disposition of a previously closed property.
Our targeted capital expenditures for fiscal 2012 are expected to be approximately $80.0 million. Our fiscal 2012 capital expenditures include the addition of approximately 75 Service & Tire Centers, 10 Supercenters and the conversion of 15 Supercenters into Superhubs. These expenditures are expected to be funded by cash on hand and net cash generated from operating activities. Additional capacity, if needed, exists under our existing line of credit.
In fiscal 2011, cash provided by financing activities improved by $14.2 million to $20.0 million from $5.8 million in the prior year. In the prior year we repurchased $10.0 million of our outstanding 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes for $10.2 million. The balance of the improvement was due to increased cash provided from our trade payable program of $6.7 million partially offset by the payment of $2.4 million in financing fees incurred to amend and restate our revolving credit agreement to reduce its interest rate by 75 basis points and to extend its maturity to July 2016. The trade payable program, which has an availability of $125.0 million, is funded by various bank participants who have the ability, but not the obligation, to purchase, directly from our vendors, account receivables owed by Pep Boys. As of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, we had an outstanding balance (classified as trade payable program liability on the consolidated balance sheet) of $85.2 million and $56.3 million, respectively.
We anticipate that cash on hand and cash generated by operating activities will exceed our expected cash requirements in fiscal year 2012. In addition, we expect to have excess availability under our existing revolving credit agreement during the entirety of fiscal year 2012. As of January 28, 2012, we had no borrowings on our revolving credit facility and undrawn availability of $194.9 million.
Our working capital was $166.6 million and $203.4 million at January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. Our long-term debt less current maturities, as a percentage of our total capitalization, was 36.8% and 38.2% at January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively.
29
Table of Contents
The following chart represents our total contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 28, 2012:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Contractual Obligations | | Total | | Within 1 year | | From 1 to 3 years | | From 3 to 5 years | | After 5 years | |
---|
| | (dollars amounts in thousands)
| |
---|
Long-term debt(1) | | $ | 295,122 | | $ | 1,079 | | $ | 294,043 | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Operating leases | | | 812,988 | | | 98,479 | | | 183,929 | | | 158,457 | | | 372,123 | |
Expected scheduled interest payments on long-term debt | | | 50,279 | | | 21,767 | | | 28,512 | | | — | | | — | |
Other long-term obligations(2) | | | 25,089 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total contractual obligations | | $ | 1,183,478 | | $ | 121,325 | | $ | 506,484 | | $ | 158,457 | | $ | 372,123 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
- (1)
- Long-term debt includes current maturities.
- (2)
- Primarily includes defined benefit pension obligation of $10.4 million, deferred compensation items of $6.2 million, income tax liabilities of $2.6 million and asset retirement obligations of $5.9 million. We made voluntary contributions of $3.0 million and $5.0 million to our pension plan in fiscals 2011 and 2010, respectively, and none in fiscal 2009. Future plan contributions are dependent upon actual plan asset returns and interest rates. See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for further discussion of our pension plans. The above table does not reflect the timing of projected settlements for our recorded asset retirement obligation costs, income tax liabilities and pension obligation because we cannot make a reliable estimate of the timing of the related cash payments.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commercial Commitments | | Total | | Within 1 year | | From 1 to 3 years | | From 3 to 5 years | | After 5 years | |
---|
| | (dollar amounts in thousands)
| |
---|
Standby letters of credit | | $ | 31,652 | | $ | 31,652 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Surety bonds | | | 8,308 | | | 8,308 | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Purchase obligations(1)(2) | | | 25,849 | | | 25,849 | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total commercial commitments | | $ | 65,809 | | $ | 65,809 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
- (1)
- Our open purchase orders are based on current inventory or operational needs and are fulfilled by our vendors within short periods of time. We currently do not have minimum purchase commitments under our vendor supply agreements (other than(2) below) and generally, our open purchase orders (orders that have not been shipped) are not binding agreements. Those purchase obligations that are in transit from our vendors at January 29, 2012 that we do not have legal title to are considered commercial commitments.
- (2)
- In fiscal 2011, we entered into a commercial commitment to purchase 4.2 million units of oil products at various prices over a two-year period. Based on our present consumption rate, we expect to meet the cumulative minimum purchase requirements under this contract by the end of fiscal 2012.
Long-term Debt
7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes, due December 2014
On December 14, 2004, we issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Notes") due December 15, 2014. The Company did not repurchase Notes in
30
Table of Contents
fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2010 the Company repurchased Notes in the principal amount of $10.0 million. On January 28, 2012, the outstanding balance of these Notes was $147.6 million.
Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, due October 2013
Our Senior Secured Term Loan (the "Term Loan") is due October, 2013. This facility is secured by a collateral pool consisting of real property and improvements associated with our stores, which is adjusted periodically based upon real estate values and borrowing levels. Interest accrues at the three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 2.0% on this facility.
As of January 28, 2012, 126 stores collateralized the Senior Secured Term Loan. The outstanding balance under the Term Loan at the end of fiscal 2011 was $147.6 million. The $1.0 million decline in the outstanding balance was due to quarterly principal payments of $0.3 million.
Revolving Credit Agreement, through July 2016
On January 16, 2009, we entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") with available borrowings up to $300.0 million and a maturity of January 2014. Total incurred fees of $6.8 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the original five year life of the facility. On July 26, 2011, we amended and restated the Agreement to reduce its interest rate by 75 basis points and to extend its maturity to July 2016. The related refinancing fees of $2.4 million are being amortized over the new five year life. Our ability to borrow under the Agreement is based on a specific borrowing base consisting of inventory and accounts receivable. The interest rate on this credit line is daily LIBOR plus 2.00% to 2.50% based upon the then current availability under the Agreement. Fees based on the unused portion of the Agreement range from 37.5 to 75.0 basis points. As of January 28, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Agreement.
The weighted average interest rate on all debt borrowings during fiscal 2011 and 2010 was 6.3%.
Several of our debt agreements require compliance with covenants. The most restrictive of these covenants, an earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") requirement, is triggered if the Company's availability under its credit agreement drops below $50.0 million. As of January 28, 2012, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement, additional availability of approximately $194.9 million and was in compliance with all financial covenants contained in its debt agreements.
The failure to satisfy this covenant would constitute an event of default under the Revolving Credit Agreement, which would result in a cross-default under our 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes and Senior Secured Term Loan.
We have a vendor financing program which is funded by various bank participants who have the ability, but not the obligation, to purchase account receivables owed by us directly from our vendors. The total availability under the program was $125.0 million as of January 29, 2011. There was an outstanding balance of $85.2 million and $56.3 million under this program as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively.
We have letter of credit arrangements in connection with our risk management, import merchandising and vendor financing programs. We had no outstanding commercial letters of credit as of January 28, 2012 and were contingently liable for $0.3 million in outstanding commercial letters of credit as of January 29, 2011. We were contingently liable for $31.7 million and $107.6 million in outstanding standby letters of credit as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. The
31
Table of Contents
reduction in the outstanding balance was due to the expiration of letters of credit that were no longer required after we amended our Revolving Credit Agreement.
We are also contingently liable for surety bonds in the amount of approximately $8.3 million and $10.3 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. The surety bonds guarantee certain of our payments (for example utilities, easement repairs, licensing requirements and customs fees).
We lease certain property and equipment under operating leases and lease financings which contain renewal and escalation clauses, step rent provisions, capital improvements funding and other lease concessions. These provisions are considered in the calculation of our minimum lease payments which are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable lease term. Any lease payments that are based upon an existing index or rate are included in our minimum lease payment calculations. Total operating lease commitments as of January 28, 2012 were $813.0 million.
The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP). This unfunded plan had a defined benefit component that provided key employees designated by the Board of Directors with retirement and death benefits. Retirement benefits were based on salary and bonuses; death benefits were based on salary. Benefits paid to a participant under the defined benefit pension plan are deducted from the benefits otherwise payable under the defined benefit portion of the SERP. On January 31, 2004, we amended and restated our SERP. This amendment converted the defined benefit portion of the SERP to a defined contribution portion for certain unvested participants and all future participants. On December 31, 2008, the Company terminated the defined benefit portion of the SERP with a $14.4 million payment and recorded a charge of $6.0 million. The SERP currently consists of only the defined contribution plan which we refer to as our "Account Plan."
The Company has a qualified 401(k) savings plan and a separate savings plan for employees residing in Puerto Rico, which cover all full-time employees who are at least 21 years of age with one or more years of service. The Company contributes the lesser of 50% of the first 6% of a participant's contributions or 3% of the participant's compensation. For fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company's contributions were conditional upon the achievement of certain pre-established financial performance goals which were met in fiscal 2010 and 2009, but not in fiscal 2011. The Company's savings plans' contribution expense was $3.0 million and $3.1 million in fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively.
We also have a defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan") covering full-time employees hired on or before February 1, 1992. As of December 31, 1996, the Company froze the accrued benefits under the Plan and active participants became fully vested. The Plan's trustee will continue to maintain and invest plan assets and will administer benefits payments. Pension plan assets are stated at fair market value and are composed primarily of money market funds and collective trust funds primarily invested in equity and fixed income investments. While we had no minimum funding requirement during fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010, we made a $3.0 million discretionary contribution to the Plan in April 2011 and a $5.0 million discretionary contribution to the Plan in October 2010. In fiscal 2011, the Company began the process of terminating the Plan. The termination of the Plan is expected to be completed by the end of fiscal 2012. In order to terminate the Plan, in accordance with Internal Revenue Service and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation requirements, the Company is required to fully fund the Plan on a termination basis and will commit to contribute the additional assets necessary to do so. Plan participants will not be adversely affected by the Plan termination, but rather will have their benefits either converted into a lump sum cash payment or an annuity contract placed with an insurance carrier.
32
Table of Contents
The expense under these plans for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.4 million, $6.3 million and $6.4 million, respectively. Pension expense for the Plan is calculated based upon a number of actuarial assumptions, including an expected return on plan assets of 6.8% and a discount rate of 5.7%. In developing the expected return on asset assumptions, we evaluated input from our actuaries, including their review of asset class return expectations. The discount rate utilized for the Plan is based on a model bond portfolio with durations that match the expected benefit payment pattern. We continue to evaluate our actuarial assumptions and make adjustments as necessary for the existing plans. See Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in "Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for further discussion of our pension plans.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to customer incentives, product returns and warranty obligations, bad debts, inventories, income taxes, financing operations, retirement benefits, share-based compensation, risk participation agreements, contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe that the following represent our more critical estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements:
- •
- Inventory is stated at lower of cost, as determined under the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, or market. Our inventory, consists primarily of automotive parts and accessories, is used on vehicles. Because of the relatively long lives of vehicles, along with our historical experience of returning most excess inventory to our vendors for full credit, the risk of obsolescence is minimal. We establish a reserve for excess inventory for instances where less than full credit will be received for such returns and where we anticipate items will be sold at retail prices that are less than recorded costs. The reserve is based on management's judgment, including estimates and assumptions regarding marketability of products, the market value of inventory to be sold in future periods and on historical experiences where we received less than full credit from vendors for product returns. If our estimates regarding excess inventory are inaccurate, we may incur losses or gains that could be material. A 10% difference in our inventory reserves as of January 28 2012, would have affected net income by approximately $0.3 million in fiscal 2011.
- •
- We record reserves for future sales returns, customer incentives, warranty claims and inventory shrinkage. The reserves are based on expected returns of products and historical claims and inventory shrinkage experience. If actual experience differs from historical levels, revisions in our estimates may be required. A 10% change in these reserves at January 28, 2012 would have affected net earnings by approximately $0.9 million for fiscal 2011.
- •
- We have risk participation arrangements with respect to workers' compensation, general liability, automobile liability, other casualty coverages and health care insurance, including stop loss coverage with third party insurers to limit our total exposure. A reserve for the liabilities associated with these agreements is established using generally accepted actuarial methods
33
Table of Contents
followed in the insurance industry and our historical claims experience. The amounts included in our costs related to these arrangements are estimated and can vary based on changes in assumptions, claims experience or the providers included in the associated insurance programs. A 10% change in our self-insurance liabilities at January 28, 2012 would have affected net earnings by approximately $5.0 million for fiscal 2011.
- •
- We have significant pension costs and liabilities that are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions including discount rates, expected return on plan assets and mortality rates. We are required to consider current market conditions, including changes in interest rates, in selecting these assumptions. Changes in the related pension costs or liabilities may occur in the future due to changes in the assumptions. The following table highlights the sensitivity of our pension obligation and expense to changes in these assumptions, assuming all other assumptions remain constant:
| | | | | | | |
Change in Assumption (dollars in thousands) | | Impact on Annual Pension Expense | | Impact on Projected Benefit Obligation | |
---|
0.50 percentage point decrease in discount rate | | | Increase $413 | | | Increase $3,425 | |
0.50 percentage point increase in discount rate | | | Decrease $413 | | | Decrease $3,425 | |
5.00 percentage point decrease in expected rate of return on assets | | | Increase $148 | | | — | |
5.00 percentage point increase in expected rate of return on assets | | | Decrease $148 | | | — | |
- •
- We periodically evaluate our long-lived assets for indicators of impairment. Management's judgments, including judgments related to store cash flows, are based on market and operating conditions at the time of evaluation. Future events could cause management's conclusion on impairment to change, requiring an adjustment of these assets to their then current fair market value.
- •
- We have a share-based compensation plan, which includes stock options and restricted stock units, or RSUs. We account for our share-based compensation plans on a fair value basis. We determine the fair value of our stock options at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The RSUs are awarded at a price equal to the market price of our underlying stock on the date of the grant. In situations where we have granted stock options and RSUs with market conditions, we have used Monte Carlo simulations in estimating the fair value of the award. The pricing model and generally accepted valuation techniques require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to determine the fair value of our awards. These assumptions and judgments include the expected life of stock options, expected stock price volatility, future employee stock option exercise behaviors and the estimate of award forfeitures. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual results are different from these assumptions, the share-based compensation expense reported in our financial statements may not be representative of the actual economic cost of the share-based compensation. In addition, significant changes in these assumptions could materially impact our share-based compensation expense on future awards. A 10% change in our share-based compensation expense for fiscal 2011 would have affected net earnings by approximately $0.2 million.
- •
- We are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This requires us to estimate our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as depreciation of property and equipment and valuation of inventories, for tax and accounting purposes. We determine our provision for income taxes based on federal and state tax laws and regulations currently in
34
Table of Contents
effect. Legislation changes currently proposed by certain states in which we operate, if enacted, could increase our transactions or activities subject to tax. Any such legislation that becomes law could result in an increase in our state income tax expense and our state income taxes paid, which could have a material effect on our net earnings.
At any one time our tax returns for many tax years are subject to examination by U.S. Federal, commonwealth, and state taxing jurisdictions. For income tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized in the financial statements unless it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained. We adjust these tax liabilities, as well as the related interest and penalties, based on the latest facts and circumstances, including recently published rulings, court cases, and outcomes of tax audits. To the extent our actual tax liability differs from our established tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits, our effective tax rate may be materially impacted. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of, the timing of, or the tax treatment of any particular tax position or deduction, we believe that our tax balances reflect the more-likely-than-not outcome of known tax contingencies.
The temporary differences between the book and tax treatment of income and expenses result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheets. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not more-likely-than-not, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or change the allowance in a future period, income tax expense will be impacted. Actual results could differ from this assessment if adequate taxable income is not generated in future periods from either operations or projected tax planning strategies.
RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2010-06 "Fair Value Measurements—Improving Disclosures on Fair Value Measurements" ("ASU 2010-06"). This guidance requires new disclosures surrounding transfers in and out of level 1 or 2 in the fair value hierarchy and also requires that the reconciliation of level 3 inputs includes separately reported information on purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. The increased disclosures should be reported for each class of assets or liabilities. ASU 2010-06 also clarifies existing disclosures for the level of disaggregating, disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to determine level 2 or 3 fair value measurements and includes conforming amendments to the guidance on employers' disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. ASU 2010-06 was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances or settlements in the roll forward activity for level 3 fair value measurements which are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29 "Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations" (ASU 2010-29). This accounting standard update clarifies that SEC registrants presenting comparative financial statements should disclose in their pro forma information revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the current period business combinations had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The update also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and
35
Table of Contents
earnings. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for material (either on an individual or aggregate basis) business combinations entered into in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2010 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2010-29 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs" ("ASU 2011-04"), which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. This guidance amends certain accounting and disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements. The Company does not believe the adoption of ASU 2011-04 will have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In June of 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, "Presentation of Comprehensive Income" ("ASU 2011-05"). ASU 2011-05 was issued to improve the comparability of financial reporting between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, and eliminates previous U.S. GAAP guidance that allowed an entity to present components of other comprehensive income ("OCI") as part of its statement of changes in shareholders' equity. With the issuance of ASU 2011-05, companies are now required to report all components of OCI either in a single continuous statement of total comprehensive income, which includes components of both OCI and net income, or in a separate statement appearing consecutively with the statement of income. ASU 2011-05 does not affect current guidance for the accounting of the components of OCI, or which items are included within total comprehensive income, and is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which indefinitely defers the provision in ASU 2011-05 that required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statements in which net income is presented and the statement in which OCI is presented. The other provisions in ASU 2011-05 are unaffected by the deferral. The application of this guidance affects presentation only and therefore is not expected to have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Goodwill for Impairment" ("ASU 2011-08"). The new guidance provides entities with the option to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount before applying the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not be required to perform the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test. Entities also have the option to bypass the assessment of qualitative factors for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test, as was required prior to the issuance of this new guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of ASU 2011-08 will have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
ITEM 7A QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company has market rate exposure in its financial instruments due to changes in interest rates and prices.
Variable and Fixed Rate Debt
The Company's Revolving Credit Agreement bears interest at daily LIBOR plus 2.00% to 2.50% based upon the then current availability under the facility. At January 28, 2012, there were no
36
Table of Contents
outstanding borrowings under the agreement. Additionally, the Company has a Senior Secured Term Loan facility with a balance of $147.6 million at January 28, 2012, that bears interest at three month LIBOR plus 2.00%. Excluding our interest rate swap, a one percent change in the LIBOR rate would have affected net earnings by approximately $1.0 million for fiscal 2011. The risk related to changes in the three month LIBOR rate are substantially mitigated by our interest rate swap.
The fair value of the Company's fixed rate debt instruments, principally the 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2014, was $149.0 million and $147.6 million at January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. The Company determines fair value on its fixed rate debt by using quoted market prices and current interest rates.
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company entered into an interest rate swap for a notional amount of $145.0 million that is designated as a cash flow hedge on the first $145.0 million of the Company's Senior Secured Term Loan facility. The interest rate swap converts the variable LIBOR portion of the interest payments to a fixed rate of 5.036% and terminates in October 2013. As of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, the fair value of the swap was a net $12.5 million and $16.4 million payable, respectively, recorded within other long-term liabilities on the balance sheet.
37
Table of Contents
ITEM 8 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 28, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and subsidiaries as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended January 28, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 11, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 11, 2012
38
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)
| | | | | | | |
| | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | |
---|
ASSETS | | | | | | | |
Current assets: | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 58,244 | | $ | 90,240 | |
Accounts receivable, less allowance for uncollectible accounts of $1,303 and $1,551 | | | 25,792 | | | 19,540 | |
Merchandise inventories | | | 614,136 | | | 564,402 | |
Prepaid expenses | | | 26,394 | | | 28,542 | |
Other current assets | | | 59,979 | | | 60,812 | |
| | | | | |
Total current assets | | | 784,545 | | | 763,536 | |
| | | | | |
Property and equipment—net | | | 696,339 | | | 700,981 | |
Goodwill | | | 46,917 | | | 2,549 | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 72,870 | | | 66,019 | |
Other long-term assets | | | 33,108 | | | 23,587 | |
| | | | | |
Total assets | | $ | 1,633,779 | | $ | 1,556,672 | |
| | | | | |
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY | | | | | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | | | | | |
Accounts payable | | $ | 243,712 | | $ | 210,440 | |
Trade payable program liability | | | 85,214 | | | 56,287 | |
Accrued expenses | | | 221,705 | | | 236,028 | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 66,208 | | | 56,335 | |
Current maturities of long-term debt | | | 1,079 | | | 1,079 | |
| | | | | |
Total current liabilities | | | 617,918 | | | 560,169 | |
| | | | | |
Long-term debt less current maturities | | | 294,043 | | | 295,122 | |
Other long-term liabilities | | | 77,216 | | | 70,046 | |
Deferred gain from asset sales | | | 140,273 | | | 152,875 | |
Commitments and contingencies | | | | | | | |
Stockholders' equity: | | | | | | | |
Common stock, par value $1 per share: authorized 500,000,000 shares; issued 68,557,041 shares | | | 68,557 | | | 68,557 | |
Additional paid-in capital | | | 296,462 | | | 295,361 | |
Retained earnings | | | 423,437 | | | 402,600 | |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | | | (17,649 | ) | | (17,028 | ) |
Treasury stock, at cost—15,803,322 shares and 15,971,910 shares | | | (266,478 | ) | | (271,030 | ) |
| | | | | |
Total stockholders' equity | | | 504,329 | | | 478,460 | |
| | | | | |
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | | $ | 1,633,779 | | $ | 1,556,672 | |
| | | | | |
See notes to the consolidated financial statements
39
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)
| | | | | | | | | | |
Year ended | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Merchandise sales | | $ | 1,642,757 | | $ | 1,598,168 | | $ | 1,533,619 | |
Service revenue | | | 420,870 | | | 390,473 | | | 377,319 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | | 2,063,627 | | | 1,988,641 | | | 1,910,938 | |
| | | | | | | |
Costs of merchandise sales | | | 1,154,322 | | | 1,110,380 | | | 1,084,804 | |
Costs of service revenue | | | 399,776 | | | 355,909 | | | 340,027 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total costs of revenues | | | 1,554,098 | | | 1,466,289 | | | 1,424,831 | |
| | | | | | | |
Gross profit from merchandise sales | | | 488,435 | | | 487,788 | | | 448,815 | |
Gross profit from service revenue | | | 21,094 | | | 34,564 | | | 37,292 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total gross profit | | | 509,529 | | | 522,352 | | | 486,107 | |
| | | | | | | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 443,986 | | | 442,239 | | | 430,261 | |
Net gain from disposition of assets | | | 27 | | | 2,467 | | | 1,213 | |
| | | | | | | |
Operating profit | | | 65,570 | | | 82,580 | | | 57,059 | |
Non-operating income | | | 2,324 | | | 2,609 | | | 2,261 | |
Interest expense | | | 26,306 | | | 26,745 | | | 21,704 | |
| | | | | | | |
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations | | | 41,588 | | | 58,444 | | | 37,616 | |
Income tax expense | | | 12,460 | | | 21,273 | | | 13,503 | |
| | | | | | | |
Earnings from continuing operations before discontinued operations | | | 29,128 | | | 37,171 | | | 24,113 | |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of $(121), $(291) and $(580) | | | (225 | ) | | (540 | ) | | (1,077 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | $ | 28,903 | | $ | 36,631 | | $ | 23,036 | |
| | | | | | | |
Basic earnings per share: | | | | | | | | | | |
Earnings from continuing operations before discontinued operations | | $ | 0.55 | | $ | 0.71 | | $ | 0.46 | |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | | | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | | (0.02 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Basic earnings per share | | $ | 0.54 | | $ | 0.70 | | $ | 0.44 | |
| | | | | | | |
Diluted earnings per share: | | | | | | | | | | |
Earnings from continuing operations before discontinued operations | | $ | 0.54 | | $ | 0.70 | | $ | 0.46 | |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | | | — | | | (0.01 | ) | | (0.02 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Diluted earnings per share | | $ | 0.54 | | $ | 0.69 | | $ | 0.44 | |
| | | | | | | |
See notes to the consolidated financial statements
40
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Common Stock | |
| |
| | Treasury Stock | | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss | |
| |
| |
---|
| | Additional Paid-in Capital | | Retained Earnings | | Benefit Trust | | Total Stockholders' Equity | |
---|
| | Shares | | Amount | | Shares | | Amount | |
---|
Balance, January 31, 2009 | | | 68,557,041 | | | 68,557 | | | 292,728 | | | 358,670 | | | (14,124,021 | ) | | (219,460 | ) | | (18,075 | ) | | (59,264 | ) | | 423,156 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive income: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | | | | | | | | | | | 23,036 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 23,036 | |
Changes in net unrecognized other postretirement benefit costs, net of tax of $352 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 595 | | | | | | 595 | |
Fair market value adjustment on derivatives, net of tax of ($125) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (211 | ) | | | | | (211 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total comprehensive income | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 23,420 | |
Cash dividends ($.12 per share) | | | | | | | | | | | | (6,286 | ) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (6,286 | ) |
Reclassification of Benefits Trust | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (2,195,270 | ) | | (59,264 | ) | | | | | 59,264 | | | — | |
Effect of stock options and related tax benefits | | | | | | | | | | | | (209 | ) | | 22,000 | | | 355 | | | | | | | | | 146 | |
Effect of restricted stock unit conversions | | | | | | | | | (1,493 | ) | | | | | 81,726 | | | 1,321 | | | | | | | | | (172 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | | | | | | | | 2,575 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2,575 | |
Dividend reinvestment plan | | | | | | | | | | | | (375 | ) | | 51,491 | | | 831 | | | | | | | | | 456 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 30, 2010 | | | 68,557,041 | | | 68,557 | | | 293,810 | | | 374,836 | | | (16,164,074 | ) | | (276,217 | ) | | (17,691 | ) | | — | | | 443,295 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive income: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | | | | | | | | | | | 36,631 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 36,631 | |
Changes in net unrecognized other postretirement benefit costs, net of tax of $344 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 582 | | | | | | 582 | |
Fair market value adjustment on derivatives, net of tax of $48 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 81 | | | | | | 81 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total comprehensive income | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 37,294 | |
Cash dividends ($.12 per share) | | | | | | | | | | | | (6,323 | ) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (6,323 | ) |
Effect of stock options and related tax benefits | | | | | | | | | | | | (2,023 | ) | | 96,590 | | | 2,608 | | | | | | | | | 585 | |
Effect of restricted stock unit conversions | | | | | | | | | (1,946 | ) | | | | | 61,042 | | | 1,647 | | | | | | | | | (299 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | | | | | | | | 3,497 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3,497 | |
Dividend reinvestment plan | | | | | | | | | | | | (521 | ) | | 34,532 | | | 932 | | | | | | | | | 411 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 29, 2011 | | | 68,557,041 | | $ | 68,557 | | $ | 295,361 | | $ | 402,600 | | | (15,971,910 | ) | $ | (271,030 | ) | $ | (17,028 | ) | $ | — | | $ | 478,460 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Comprehensive income: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | | | | | | | | | | | 28,903 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 28,903 | |
Changes in net unrecognized other postretirement benefit costs, net of tax of $(1,872) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (3,120 | ) | | | | | (3,120 | ) |
Fair market value adjustment on derivatives, net of tax of $1,499 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2,499 | | | | | | 2,499 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total comprehensive income | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 28,282 | |
Cash dividends ($.12 per share) | | | | | | | | | | | | (6,344 | ) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (6,344 | ) |
Effect of stock options and related tax benefits | | | | | | | | | | | | (900 | ) | | 45,321 | | | 1,223 | | | | | | | | | 323 | |
Effect of employee stock purchase plan | | | | | | | | | | | | (335 | ) | | 20,963 | | | 566 | | | | | | | | | 231 | |
Effect of restricted stock unit conversions | | | | | | | | | (2,136 | ) | | | | | 70,228 | | | 1,897 | | | | | | | | | (239 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | | | | | | | | 3,237 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3,237 | |
Dividend reinvestment plan | | | | | | | | | | | | (487 | ) | | 32,076 | | | 866 | | | | | | | | | 379 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance, January 28, 2012 | | | 68,557,041 | | $ | 68,557 | | $ | 296,462 | | $ | 423,437 | | | (15,803,322 | ) | $ | (266,478 | ) | $ | (17,649 | ) | $ | — | | $ | 504,329 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
See notes to the consolidated financial statements
41
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and Subsidiaries
(dollar amounts in thousands)
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
| | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | $ | 28,903 | | $ | 36,631 | | $ | 23,036 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by continuing operations: | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss from discontinued operations | | | 225 | | | 540 | | | 1,077 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 79,542 | | | 74,151 | | | 70,529 | |
Amortization of deferred gain from asset sales | | | (12,602 | ) | | (12,602 | ) | | (12,325 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | | 3,237 | | | 3,497 | | | 2,575 | |
Loss (gain) from debt retirement | | | — | | | 200 | | | (6,248 | ) |
Deferred income taxes | | | 10,301 | | | 18,572 | | | 13,446 | |
Net gain from dispositions of assets | | | (27 | ) | | (2,467 | ) | | (1,213 | ) |
Loss from asset impairment | | | 1,619 | | | 970 | | | 2,884 | |
Other | | | (573 | ) | | (479 | ) | | 345 | |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions: | | | | | | | | | | |
Decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other | | | 2,391 | | | 7,060 | | | 7,175 | |
(Increase) decrease in merchandise inventories | | | (42,756 | ) | | (5,284 | ) | | 7,039 | |
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable | | | 24,871 | | | 7,466 | | | (9,640 | ) |
Decrease in accrued expenses | | | (18,745 | ) | | (8,394 | ) | | (13,238 | ) |
(Decrease) increase in other long-term liabilities | | | (2,463 | ) | | (1,200 | ) | | 2,384 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by continuing operations | | | 73,923 | | | 118,661 | | | 87,826 | |
Net cash used in discontinued operations | | | (273 | ) | | (1,466 | ) | | (603 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by operating activities | | | 73,650 | | | 117,195 | | | 87,223 | |
| | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | | | | |
Capital expenditures | | | (74,746 | ) | | (70,252 | ) | | (43,214 | ) |
Proceeds from dispositions of assets | | | 515 | | | 7,515 | | | 14,776 | |
Collateral investment | | | (7,638 | ) | | (9,638 | ) | | — | |
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired. | | | (42,901 | ) | | (288 | ) | | (2,695 | ) |
Other | | | (837 | ) | | — | | | (500 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash used in continuing operations | | | (125,607 | ) | | (72,663 | ) | | (31,633 | ) |
Net cash provided by discontinued operations | | | — | | | 569 | | | 1,762 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash used in investing activities | | | (125,607 | ) | | (72,094 | ) | | (29,871 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | | | | |
Borrowings under line of credit agreements | | | 5,721 | | | 21,795 | | | 249,704 | |
Payments under line of credit agreements | | | (5,721 | ) | | (21,795 | ) | | (273,566 | ) |
Borrowings on trade payable program liability | | | 144,180 | | | 121,824 | | | 102,042 | |
Payments on trade payable program liability | | | (115,253 | ) | | (99,636 | ) | | (99,873 | ) |
Payments for finance issuance cost | | | (2,441 | ) | | — | | | — | |
Debt payments | | | (1,079 | ) | | (11,279 | ) | | (11,990 | ) |
Dividends paid | | | (6,344 | ) | | (6,323 | ) | | (6,286 | ) |
Other | | | 898 | | | 1,227 | | | 611 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | | | 19,961 | | | 5,813 | | | (39,358 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents | | | (31,996 | ) | | 50,914 | | | 17,994 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | | | 90,240 | | | 39,326 | | | 21,332 | |
| | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | | $ | 58,244 | | $ | 90,240 | | $ | 39,326 | |
| | | | | | | |
Supplemental cash flow information: | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized | | $ | 23,097 | | $ | 23,098 | | $ | 24,509 | |
Cash received from income tax refunds | | $ | 479 | | $ | 195 | | $ | 921 | |
Cash paid for income taxes | | $ | 1,150 | | $ | 890 | | $ | 4,768 | |
Non-cash investing activities: | | | | | | | | | | |
Accrued purchases of property and equipment | | $ | 1,400 | | $ | 2,926 | | $ | 1,738 | |
See notes to the consolidated financial statements
42
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and subsidiaries (the "Company") consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). The preparation of the Company's financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, costs and expenses, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and other related disclosures. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of the Company's assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and the Company includes any revisions to its estimates in the results for the period in which the actual amounts become known.
The Company believes the significant accounting policies described below affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, these are the policies the Company believes are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating the historical consolidated financial condition and results of operations.
BUSINESS The Company operates in the U.S. automotive aftermarket, which has two general lines of business: (1) the Service business, defined as Do-It-For-Me, or "DIFM" (service labor, installed merchandise and tires) and (2) the Retail business, defined as Do-It-Yourself, or "DIY" (retail merchandise) and commercial. The Company's primary store format is the Supercenter, which serves both "DIFM" and "DIY" customers with the highest quality service offerings and merchandise. In 2009, as part of the Company's long-term strategy to lead with automotive service, the Company began complementing the existing Supercenter store base with Service & Tire Centers. These Service & Tire Centers are designed to capture market share and leverage the existing Supercenter and support infrastructure. The Company currently operates stores in 35 states and Puerto Rico.
FISCAL YEAR END The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to January 31. Fiscal 2011, which ended January 28, 2012, fiscal 2010, which ended January 29, 2011, and fiscal 2009 which ended January 30, 2010 were all comprised of 52 weeks.
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Cash equivalents include all short-term, highly liquid investments with an initial maturity of three months or less when purchased. All credit and debit card transactions that settle in less than seven days are also classified as cash and cash equivalents.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE Accounts receivable are primarily comprised of amounts due from commercial customers. The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an evaluation of the credit worthiness of its customers. The allowance is reviewed for adequacy at least quarterly, and adjusted as necessary. Specific accounts are written off against the allowance when management determines the account is uncollectible.
43
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
MERCHANDISE INVENTORIES Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. If the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method of costing inventory had been used by the Company, inventory would have been $536.4 million and $486.0 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. During fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the effect of LIFO layer liquidations on gross profit was immaterial.
The Company's inventory consists primarily of automotive parts and accessories. Because of the relatively long lives of vehicles, along with the Company's historical experience of returning excess inventory to the Company's vendors for full credit, the risk of obsolescence is minimal. The Company establishes a reserve for excess inventory for instances where less than full credit will be received for such returns and where the Company anticipates items will be sold at retail prices that are less than recorded costs. The reserve is based on management's judgment, including estimates and assumptions regarding marketability of products, the market value of inventory to be sold in future periods and on historical experiences where the Company received less than full credit from vendors for product returns.
The Company's reserve for excess inventory was $4.2 million and $5.4 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. In fiscal 2010, the Company reduced its reserve for excess inventory by $5.9 million to $5.4 million from $11.3 million primarily due to improved inventory management, including timely return of excess product to vendors for credit. However, in future periods the company may be exposed to material losses should the company's vendors alter their policy with regard to accepting excess inventory returns.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: building and improvements, 5 to 40 years, and furniture, fixtures and equipment, 3 to 10 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the gain or loss, if any, is included in the determination of net income. Property and equipment information follows:
| | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | |
---|
Land | | $ | 204,023 | | $ | 204,023 | |
Buildings and improvements | | | 875,999 | | | 848,268 | |
Furniture, fixtures and equipment | | | 723,938 | | | 685,481 | |
Construction in progress | | | 3,279 | | | 8,781 | |
Accumulated depreciation and amortization | | | (1,110,900 | ) | | (1,045,572 | ) |
| | | | | |
Property and equipment—net | | $ | 696,339 | | $ | 700,981 | |
| | | | | |
GOODWILL The Company tests the recorded amount of goodwill for recovery on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting the Company's business.
At fiscal year end 2011, the Company had six reporting units, of which three included goodwill. Goodwill impairment testing consists of a two-step process, if necessary. The first step is to compare
44
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner that the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined. The Company allocates the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Any excess of the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.
There were no impairments as a result of the Company's annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 or fiscal year 2010.
LEASES The Company amortizes leasehold improvements over the lesser of the lease term or the economic life of those assets. Generally, for stores the lease term is the base lease term and for distribution centers the lease term includes the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured and for which failure to exercise the renewal option would result in an economic penalty to the Company. The calculation of straight-line rent expense is based on the same lease term with consideration for step rent provisions, escalation clauses, rent holidays and other lease concessions. The Company begins expensing rent at the time the Company has the right to use the property.
SOFTWARE CAPITALIZATION The Company capitalizes certain direct development costs associated with internal-use software, including external direct costs of material and services, and payroll costs for employees devoting time to the software projects. These costs are amortized over a period not to exceed five years beginning when the asset is substantially ready for use. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, as well as maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred.
TRADE PAYABLE PROGRAM LIABILITY The Company has a trade payable program which is funded by various bank participants who have the ability, but not the obligation, to purchase account receivables owed by the Company directly from its vendors. The Company, in turn, makes the regularly scheduled full vendor payments to the bank participants. In the first quarter of fiscal 2011 as a result of the Company's review, the Company determined that the gross amount of borrowings and payments on the trade payable program shown on the statement of cash flows under "Cash flows from financing activities" included certain vendors that had not participated in the trade payable program. As such, the Company made an equal and offsetting adjustment to reduce the trade payables borrowings and payments line items within financing activities by $225.2 million and $90.3 million for the years ended January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010, respectively. These adjustments have no net impact on net cash used in financing activities or on any other cash flow line items.
INCOME TAXES The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are determined based upon enacted tax laws and rates applied to the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
45
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
The Company recognizes taxes payable for the current year, as well as deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. The Company must assess the likelihood that any recorded deferred tax assets will be recovered against future taxable income. To the extent the Company believes it is more likely than not that the asset will not be recoverable, a valuation allowance must be established. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance or changes the allowance in a future period, income tax expense will be impacted.
In evaluating income tax positions, the Company records liabilities for potential exposures. These tax liabilities are adjusted in the period actual developments give rise to such change. Those developments could be, but are not limited to, settlement of tax audits, expiration of the statute of limitations, and changes in the tax code and regulations, along with varying application of tax policy and administration within those jurisdictions. Refer to Note 8, "Income Taxes," for further discussion of income taxes and changes in unrecognized tax benefit during fiscal 2011.
SALES TAXES The Company presents sales net of sales taxes in its consolidated statements of operations.
REVENUE RECOGNITION The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of merchandise at the time the merchandise is sold and the product is delivered to the customer. Service revenues are recognized upon completion of the service. Service revenue consists of the labor charged for installing merchandise or maintaining or repairing vehicles, excluding the sale of any installed parts or materials. The Company records revenue net of an allowance for estimated future returns. The Company establishes reserves for sales returns and allowances based on current sales levels and historical return rates. Revenue from gift card sales is recognized upon gift card redemption. The Company's gift cards do not have expiration dates. The Company recognizes breakage on gift cards when, among other things, sufficient gift card history is available to estimate potential breakage and the Company determines there are no legal obligations to remit the value of unredeemed gift cards to the relevant jurisdictions. Estimated gift card breakage revenue is immaterial for all periods presented.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company launched a Customer Loyalty program. The program allows members to earn points for each qualifying purchase. Points earned allow members to receive a certificate that may be redeemed on future purchases within 90 days of issuance. The retail value of points earned by loyalty program members is included in accrued liabilities as deferred income and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time the points are earned, based on the historic and projected rate of redemption. The Company recognizes deferred revenue and the cost of the free products distributed to loyalty program members when the awards are redeemed. The cost of the free products distributed to program members is recorded within costs of revenues.
A portion of the Company's transactions includes the sale of auto parts that contain a core component. These components represent the recyclable portion of the auto part. Customers are not charged for the core component of the new part if a used core is returned at the point of sale of the new part; otherwise the Company charges customers a specified amount for the core component. The Company refunds that same amount upon the customer returning a used core to the store at a later date. The Company does not recognize sales or cost of sales for the core component of these transactions when a used part is returned by the customer at the point of sale.
46
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
COSTS OF REVENUES Costs of merchandise sales include the cost of products sold, buying, warehousing and store occupancy costs. Costs of service revenue include service center payroll and related employee benefits, service center occupancy costs and cost of providing free or discounted towing services to customers. Occupancy costs include utilities, rents, real estate and property taxes, repairs, maintenance, depreciation and amortization expenses.
VENDOR SUPPORT FUNDS The Company receives various incentives in the form of discounts and allowances from its vendors based on purchases or for services that the Company provides to the vendors. These incentives received from vendors include rebates, allowances and promotional funds and are generally based upon a percentage of the gross amount purchased. Funds are recorded when title of goods purchased have transferred to the Company as the amount is known and not contingent on future events. The amount of funds to be received are subject to vendor agreements and ongoing negotiations that may be impacted in the future based on changes in market conditions, vendor marketing strategies and changes in the profitability or sell-through of the related merchandise for the Company.
Generally vendor support funds are earned based on purchases or product sales. These incentives are treated as a reduction of inventories and are recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as the inventories are sold. Certain vendor allowances are used exclusively for promotions and to offset certain other direct expenses if the Company determines the allowances are for specific, identifiable incremental expenses. Vendor support funds, which reduced advertising expense, amounted to $2.5 million for the year ended January 28, 2012, and were immaterial for all other periods presented.
WARRANTY RESERVE The Company provides warranties for both its merchandise sales and service labor. Warranties for merchandise are generally covered by the respective vendors, with the Company covering any costs above the vendor's stipulated allowance. Service labor is warranted in full by the Company for a limited specific time period. The Company establishes its warranty reserves based on historical experience. These costs are included in either costs of merchandise sales or costs of service revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.
The reserve for warranty activity for the years ended January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively, are as follows:
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | |
| |
---|
Balance, January 30, 2010 | | $ | 694 | |
Additions related to sales in the current year | | | 12,261 | |
Warranty costs incurred in the current year | | | (12,282 | ) |
| | | |
Balance, January 29, 2011 | | | 673 | |
Additions related to sales in the current year | | | 12,122 | |
Warranty costs incurred in the current year | | | (12,122 | ) |
| | | |
Balance, January 28,2012 | | $ | 673 | |
| | | |
ADVERTISING The Company expenses the costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place. Gross advertising expense for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $54.9 million, $57.5 million
47
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
and $52.6 million, respectively, and is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses. No advertising costs were recorded as assets as of January 28, 2012 or January 29, 2011.
STORE OPENING COSTS The costs of opening new stores are expensed as incurred.
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS The Company evaluates the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds fair value. In addition, the Company reports assets to be disposed of at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair market value less selling costs. See discussion of current year impairments in Note 11, "Store Closures and Asset Impairments."
EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing earnings by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing earnings by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year plus incremental shares that would have been outstanding upon the assumed exercise of dilutive stock based compensation awards.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS The Company's discontinued operations reflect the operating results for closed stores where the customer base could not be maintained. Loss from discontinued operations relates to expenses for previously closed stores and principally includes costs for rent, taxes, payroll, repairs and maintenance, asset impairments, and gains or losses on disposal.
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION At January 28, 2012, the Company has two stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described in Note 14, "Equity Compensation Plans." Compensation costs relating to share-based payment transactions are recognized in the financial statements. The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the calculated fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee's requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS Other comprehensive loss includes pension liability and fair market value of cash flow hedges.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES The Company may enter into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the exposure to increasing rates with respect to its certain variable rate debt agreements. The Company recognizes all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measures those instruments at fair value.
SEGMENT INFORMATION The Company has six operating segments defined by geographic regions which are Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Southeast, Central, West and Southern CA. Each segment
48
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
serves both DIY and DIFM lines of business. The Company aggregates all of its operating segments and has one reportable segment. Sales by major product categories are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Parts and accessories | | $ | 1,259,500 | | $ | 1,261,678 | | $ | 1,219,396 | |
Tires | | | 383,257 | | | 336,490 | | | 314,223 | |
Service labor | | | 420,870 | | | 390,473 | | | 377,319 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | $ | 2,063,627 | | $ | 1,988,641 | | $ | 1,910,938 | |
| | | | | | | |
SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS During fiscal 2011, the Company's ten largest suppliers accounted for approximately 52% of merchandise purchased. No single supplier accounted for more than 21% of the Company's purchases. Other than a commitment to purchase 4.2 million units of oil products at various prices over a two-year period, the Company has no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments under which the Company is required to purchase merchandise. Open purchase orders are based on current inventory or operational needs and are fulfilled by vendors within short periods of time and generally are not binding agreements.
SELF INSURANCE The Company has risk participation arrangements with respect to workers' compensation, general liability, automobile liability, and other casualty coverages. The Company has a wholly owned captive insurance subsidiary through which it reinsures this retained exposure. This subsidiary uses both risk sharing treaties and third party insurance to manage this exposure. In addition, the Company self insures certain employee-related health care benefit liabilities. The Company maintains stop loss coverage with third party insurers through which it reinsures certain of its casualty and health care benefit liabilities. The Company records both liabilities and reinsurance receivables using actuarial methods utilized in the insurance industry based upon historical claims experience.
RECLASSIFICATION Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on reported totals for assets, liabilities, shareholders' equity, cash flows or net income.
RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2010-06 "Fair Value Measurements—Improving Disclosures on Fair Value Measurements" ("ASU 2010-06"). This guidance requires new disclosures surrounding transfers in and out of level 1 or 2 in the fair value hierarchy and also requires that the reconciliation of level 3 inputs includes separately reported information on purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. The increased disclosures should be reported for each class of assets or liabilities. ASU 2010-06 also clarifies existing disclosures for the level of disaggregating, disclosures about valuation techniques and inputs used to determine level 2 or 3 fair value measurements and includes conforming amendments to the guidance on employers' disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. ASU 2010-06 was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 except for the disclosures
49
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
about purchases, sales, issuances or settlements in the roll forward activity for level 3 fair value measurements which are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29 "Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations" (ASU 2010-29). This accounting standard update clarifies that SEC registrants presenting comparative financial statements should disclose in their pro forma information revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the current period business combinations had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The update also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for material (either on an individual or aggregate basis) business combinations entered into in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2010 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2010-29 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, "Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs" ("ASU 2011-04"), which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. This guidance amends certain accounting and disclosure requirements related to fair value measurements. The Company does not believe the adoption of ASU 2011-04 will have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In June of 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, "Presentation of Comprehensive Income" ("ASU 2011-05"). ASU 2011-05 was issued to improve the comparability of financial reporting between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards, and eliminates previous U.S. GAAP guidance that allowed an entity to present components of other comprehensive income ("OCI") as part of its statement of changes in shareholders' equity. With the issuance of ASU 2011-05, companies are now required to report all components of OCI either in a single continuous statement of total comprehensive income, which includes components of both OCI and net income, or in a separate statement appearing consecutively with the statement of income. ASU 2011-05 does not affect current guidance for the accounting of the components of OCI, or which items are included within total comprehensive income, and is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. On December 23, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, which indefinitely defers the provision in ASU 2011-05 that required entities to present reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component in both the statements in which net income is presented and the statement in which OCI is presented. The other provisions in ASU 2011-05 are unaffected by the deferral. The application of this guidance affects presentation only and therefore is not expected to have an impact on the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
50
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—Testing Goodwill for Impairment" ("ASU 2011-08"). The new guidance provides entities with the option to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount before applying the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not be required to perform the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test. Entities also have the option to bypass the assessment of qualitative factors for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test, as was required prior to the issuance of this new guidance. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of ASU 2011-08 will have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS
During fiscal 2011, the Company made three separate acquisitions. The Company acquired the assets related to seven service and tire centers located in the Seattle-Tacoma area, the assets related to seven service and tire centers located in the Houston, Texas area and all outstanding shares of capital stock of Tire Stores Group Holding Corporation which operated an 85-store chain in Florida, Georgia and Alabama under the name Big 10. Collectively, the acquired stores produced approximately $94.7 million (unaudited) in sales annually based on pre-acquisition historical information. The total purchase price of these stores was approximately $42.6 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities. The acquisitions were financed through cash flows provided by operations. The results of operations of these acquired stores are included in the Company's results from their respective acquisition dates.
The Company has recorded its initial accounting for these acquisitions in accordance with accounting guidance on business combinations. The acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities and assembled workforces. A portion of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The Company has recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to trade name, favorable and unfavorable leases.
The Company expensed all costs related to these acquisitions during fiscal 2011. The total costs related to these acquisitions were $1.5 million and are included in the consolidated statement of operations within selling, general and administrative expenses.
The purchase price of the acquisitions has been allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, with the remainder recorded as goodwill on the basis of estimated fair values. In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company revised its estimates, which resulted in an increase in goodwill of $0.7 million from our previous allocation of purchase price. The change related primarily to the
51
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS (Continued)
establishment of a valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets acquired which is included within other non-current assets. The allocation is a follows:
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | As of Acquisition Dates | |
---|
Current assets | | $ | 11,421 | |
Intangible assets | | | 950 | |
Other non-current assets | | | 9,149 | |
Current liabilities | | | (13,817 | ) |
Long-term liabilities | | | (9,458 | ) |
| | | |
Total net identifiable assets acquired | | $ | (1,755 | ) |
| | | |
Total consideration transferred, net of cash acquired | | $ | 42,614 | |
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired | | | (1,755 | ) |
| | | |
Goodwill | | $ | 44,369 | |
| | | |
Intangible assets consist of trade names ($0.6 million) and favorable leases ($0.3 million). Long-term liabilities includes unfavorable leases ($9.1 million). The trade names are being amortized over their estimated useful life of 3 years. The favorable and unfavorable lease intangible assets and liabilities are being amortized to rent expense over their respective lease terms, ranging from 2 to 16 years. Amortization expense for the favorable and unfavorable leases over the next five years is approximately $0.6 million per year. Deferred tax assets in the amount of $6.8 million are primarily recorded in other non-current liabilities.
Sales for the fiscal 2011 acquired stores totaled $63.9 million. The net loss for the acquired stores for the period from acquisition date through January 28, 2012 was $2.0 million, excluding transition related expenses.
As the acquisitions (including Big 10) were immaterial to the operating results both individually and in aggregate for the thirteen and fifty-two week periods ended January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, pro forma results for the thirteen and fifty-two week periods ended January 28, 2012 are not presented.
In 2011, the Company recorded a reduction to the contingent consideration of $0.7 million related to one of the Company's acquisitions. The reversal of contingent consideration was recorded to selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
52
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 3—OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
The following are the components of other current assets:
| | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | |
---|
Reinsurance receivable | | $ | 59,280 | | $ | 57,532 | |
Income taxes receivable | | | 89 | | | 1,608 | |
Other | | | 610 | | | 1,672 | |
| | | | | |
Total | | $ | 59,979 | | $ | 60,812 | |
| | | | | |
NOTE 4—ACCRUED EXPENSES
The following are the components of accrued expenses:
| | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | |
---|
Casualty and medical risk insurance | | $ | 147,806 | | $ | 146,667 | |
Accrued compensation and related taxes | | | 19,133 | | | 31,990 | |
Sales tax payable | | | 12,254 | | | 12,809 | |
Other | | | 42,512 | | | 44,562 | |
| | | | | |
Total | | $ | 221,705 | | $ | 236,028 | |
| | | | | |
NOTE 5—DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
The following are the components of debt and financing arrangements:
| | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | |
---|
7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes, due December 2014 | | $ | 147,565 | | $ | 147,565 | |
Senior Secured Term Loan, due October 2013 | | | 147,557 | | | 148,636 | |
Revolving Credit Agreement, through July 2016 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | |
Long-term debt | | | 295,122 | | | 296,201 | |
Current maturities | | | (1,079 | ) | | (1,079 | ) |
| | | | | |
Long-term debt less current maturities | | $ | 294,043 | | $ | 295,122 | |
| | | | | |
7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes, due December 2014
On December 14, 2004, the Company issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Notes") due December 2014. The Company did not repurchase Notes in fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2010, the Company repurchased Notes in the principal amount of $10.0 million, resulting in a loss from debt repurchases of $0.2 million.
53
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 5—DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS (Continued)
Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, due October 2013
The Company has a Senior Secured Term Loan facility (the "Term Loan") due October 2013. This facility is secured by a collateral pool consisting of real property and improvements associated with stores, which is adjusted periodically based upon real estate values and borrowing levels. Interest accrues at the three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 2.0% on this facility. As of January 28, 2012, 126 stores collateralized the Term Loan.
Revolving Credit Agreement, through July 2016
On January 16, 2009, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") with available borrowings up to $300.0 million and a maturity of January 2014. Total incurred fees of $6.8 million were capitalized and are being amortized over the original five year life of the facility. On July 26, 2011, the Company amended and restated the Agreement to reduce its interest rate by 75 basis points and to extend its maturity to July 2016. The related refinancing fees of $2.4 million are being amortized over the new five year life. The Company's ability to borrow under the Agreement is based on a specific borrowing base consisting of inventory and accounts receivable. The interest rate on this credit line is daily LIBOR plus 2.00% to 2.50% based upon the then current availability under the Agreement. Fees based on the unused portion of the Agreement range from 37.5 to 75.0 basis points. As of January 28, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Agreement.
The weighted average interest rate on all debt borrowings during fiscal 2011 and 2010 was 6.3%.
Several of the Company's debt agreements require compliance with covenants. The most restrictive of these covenants, an earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") requirement, is triggered if the Company's availability under its credit agreement drops below $50.0 million. The failure to satisfy this covenant would constitute an event of default under the Revolving Credit Agreement, which would result in a cross-default under the Notes and Term Loan.
As of January 28, 2012, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement, additional availability of approximately $194.9 million and was in compliance with all financial covenants contained in its debt agreements.
The Company has a vendor financing program with availability up to $125.0 million which is funded by various bank participants who have the ability, but not the obligation, to purchase account receivables owed by the Company directly from vendors. The Company, in turn, makes the regularly scheduled full vendor payments to the bank participants. There was an outstanding balance of $85.2 million and $56.3 million under the program as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively.
The Company has letter of credit arrangements in connection with its risk management, import merchandising and vendor financing programs. The Company had no outstanding commercial letters of credit as of January 28, 2012 and was contingently liable for $0.3 million in outstanding commercial
54
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 5—DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS (Continued)
letters of credit as of January 29, 2011. The Company was contingently liable for $31.7 million and $107.6 million in outstanding standby letters of credit as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively.
The Company is also contingently liable for surety bonds in the amount of approximately $8.3 million and $10.3 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, respectively. The surety bonds guarantee certain payments (for example utilities, easement repairs, licensing requirements and customs fees).
The annual maturities of all long-term debt for the next five fiscal years are:
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) Fiscal Year | | Long-Term Debt | |
---|
2012 Senior Secured Term Loan, due October 2013 | | $ | 1,079 | |
2013 Senior Secured Term Loan, due October 2013 | | | 146,478 | |
2014 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes, due December 2014 | | | 147,565 | |
2015 | | | — | |
Thereafter | | | — | |
| | | |
Total | | $ | 295,122 | |
| | | |
Interest rates that are currently available to the Company for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value for debt issues that are not quoted on an exchange. The estimated fair value of long-term debt including current maturities was $293.6 million and $298.3 million as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011.
NOTE 6—LEASE AND OTHER COMMITMENTS
In fiscal 2010, the Company sold one property to an unrelated third party. Net proceeds from this sale were $1.6 million. Concurrent with this sale, the Company entered into an agreement to lease the property back from the purchaser over a minimum lease term of 15 years. The Company classified this lease as an operating lease. The Company actively uses this property and considers the lease as a normal leaseback. The Company recorded a deferred gain of $0.4 million.
In fiscal 2009, the Company sold four properties to unrelated third parties. Net proceeds from these sales were $12.9 million. Concurrent with these sales, the Company entered into agreements to lease the properties back from the purchasers over minimum lease terms of 15 years. Each property has a separate lease with an initial term of 15 years and four five-year renewal options. Every five years, the leases have rent increases of an amount equal to the lesser of 8% of the monthly rent due in the immediately preceding lease year or the percentage of the CPI increase between five year anniversaries. The Company classified these leases as operating leases, actively uses these properties and considers the leases as normal leasebacks. The Company recognized a gain of $1.2 million on the sale of these properties and recorded a deferred gain of $6.4 million.
In connection with the three acquisitions that occurred during fiscal 2011, the Company assumed additional lease obligations totaling $120.2 million over an average of 14 years.
55
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 6—LEASE AND OTHER COMMITMENTS (Continued)
The aggregate minimum rental payments for all leases having initial terms of more than one year are as follows:
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) Fiscal Year | | Operating Leases | |
---|
2012 | | $ | 98,479 | |
2013 | | | 94,176 | |
2014 | | | 89,753 | |
2015 | | | 82,831 | |
2016 | | | 75,626 | |
Thereafter | | | 372,123 | |
| | | |
Aggregate minimum lease payments | | $ | 812,988 | |
| | | |
Rental expenses incurred for operating leases in fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $91.6 million, $79.7 million and $75.3 million, respectively, and are recorded primarily in cost of revenues. The deferred gain for all sale leaseback transactions is being recognized in costs of merchandise sales and costs of service revenues over the minimum term of these leases.
NOTE 7—ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS
The Company records asset retirement obligations as incurred and when reasonably estimable, including obligations for which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the Company. The obligation principally represents the removal of leasehold improvements from stores upon termination of store leases. The obligations are recorded as liabilities at fair value using discounted cash flows and are accreted over the lease term. Costs associated with the obligations are capitalized and amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset.
The Company has recorded a liability pertaining to the asset retirement obligation in other long-term liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet. Changes in assumptions reflect favorable experience with the rate of occurrence of obligations and expected settlement dates. The liability for asset retirement obligations activity from January 30, 2010 through January 28, 2012 is as follows:
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | |
| |
---|
Asset retirement obligation at January 30, 2010 | | $ | 6,724 | |
Change in assumptions | | | (1,192 | ) |
Settlements | | | (120 | ) |
Accretion expense | | | 194 | |
| | | |
Asset retirement obligation at January 29, 2011 | | | 5,606 | |
Additions | | | 206 | |
Change in assumptions | | | (199 | ) |
Settlements | | | (61 | ) |
Accretion expense | | | 323 | |
| | | |
Asset retirement obligation at January 28, 2012 | | $ | 5,875 | |
| | | |
56
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES
The components of income before income taxes are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Domestic | | $ | 36,633 | | $ | 52,319 | | $ | 41,921 | |
Foreign | | | 4,954 | | | 6,125 | | | (4,305 | ) |
Total | | $ | 41,588 | | $ | 58,444 | | $ | 37,616 | |
The provision for income taxes includes the following:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Current: | | | | | | | | | | |
Federal | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 398 | |
State | | | 602 | | | 491 | | | (511 | ) |
Foreign | | | 1,557 | | | 2,210 | | | 149 | |
Deferred: | | | | | | | | | | |
Federal(a) | | | 14,743 | | | 20,309 | | | 13,820 | |
State | | | (3,887 | ) | | (1,818 | ) | | 42 | |
Foreign | | | (555 | ) | | 81 | | | (395 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Total income tax expense from continuing operations(a) | | $ | 12,460 | | $ | 21,273 | | $ | 13,503 | |
| | | | | | | |
- (a)
- Excludes tax benefit recorded to discontinued operations of $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.6 million in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective rate for income tax expense follows:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
| | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Statutory tax rate | | | 35.0 | % | | 35.0 | % | | 35.0 | % |
State income taxes, net of federal tax | | | 3.2 | | | 2.4 | | | 2.4 | |
Job credits | | | (1.5 | ) | | (0.3 | ) | | (0.9 | ) |
Hire credits | | | (2.1 | ) | | — | | | — | |
Tax uncertainty adjustment | | | (0.1 | ) | | 0.2 | | | (0.5 | ) |
Valuation allowance | | | (8.3 | ) | | (3.5 | ) | | — | |
Non deductible expenses | | | 2.0 | | | 0.5 | | | 0.3 | |
Stock compensation | | | 0.1 | | | 0.2 | | | 0.8 | |
Foreign taxes, net of federal tax | | | 1.7 | | | 2.4 | | | (0.7 | ) |
Other, net | | | — | | | (0.5 | ) | | (0.5 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
| | | 30.0 | % | | 36.4 | % | | 35.9 | % |
| | | | | | | |
57
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES (Continued)
Items that gave rise to the deferred tax accounts are as follows:
| | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | |
---|
Deferred tax assets: | | | | | | | |
Employee compensation | | $ | 5,008 | | $ | 3,060 | |
Store closing reserves | | | 1,365 | | | 1,064 | |
Legal reserve | | | 341 | | | 569 | |
Benefit accruals | | | 5,922 | | | 3,576 | |
Net operating loss carryforwards—Federal | | | 16,473 | | | 2,527 | |
Net operating loss carryforwards—State | | | 111,588 | | | 107,941 | |
Tax credit carryforwards | | | 17,877 | | | 17,086 | |
Accrued leases | | | 15,916 | | | 12,107 | |
Interest rate derivatives | | | 5,730 | | | 5,960 | |
Deferred gain on sale leaseback | | | 56,325 | | | 61,904 | |
Deferred revenue | | | 5,621 | | | 5,871 | |
Other | | | 1,951 | | | 2,570 | |
| | | | | |
Gross deferred tax assets | | | 244,117 | | | 224,235 | |
Valuation allowance | | | (103,915 | ) | | (104,486 | ) |
| | | | | |
| | | 140,202 | | | 119,749 | |
| | | | | |
Deferred tax liabilities: | | | | | | | |
Depreciation | | $ | 54,284 | | $ | 44,634 | |
Inventories | | | 65,886 | | | 57,538 | |
Real estate tax | | | 3,307 | | | 3,132 | |
Insurance and other | | | 6,159 | | | 2,574 | |
Debt related liabilities | | | 3,903 | | | 2,187 | |
| | | | | |
| | | 133,539 | | | 110,065 | |
| | | | | |
Net deferred tax asset | | $ | 6,663 | | $ | 9,684 | |
| | | | | |
As of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, the Company had available tax net operating losses that can be carried forward to future years. The Company has $16.5 million of deferred tax assets related to federal net operating loss carryforwards which begin to expire in 2027. The Company has $2.7 million of deferred tax assets related to state tax net operating loss carryforwards related to unitary filings of which 2.4% will expire in the next five years for which a full valuation allowance has been recorded. The balance of $108.8 million of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards relate to separate company filing jurisdictions that will expire in various years beginning in 2012 of which $106.2 million have full valuation allowances recorded against them.
The tax credit carryforward at January 28, 2012 consists of $7.3 million of alternative minimum tax credits, $4.0 million of work opportunity credits, $0.9 millions of hire tax credits and $5.7 million of state and Puerto Rico tax credits. The alternative minimum credits have an indefinite life and the other credits are scheduled to expire in various years starting from 2012 of which $0.9 million have full valuation allowances recorded against them. The tax credit carryforward at January 29, 2011 consists of
58
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES (Continued)
$7.3 million of alternative minimum tax credits, $3.4 million of work opportunity credits and $6.4 million of state and Puerto Rico tax credits of which $3.3 million have full valuation allowances recorded against them.
The temporary differences between the book and tax treatment of income and expenses result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the consolidated balance sheets. The Company must assess the likelihood that any recorded deferred tax assets will be recovered against future taxable income. To the extent the Company believes it is more likely than not that the asset will not be recoverable, a valuation allowance must be established. To the extent the Company establishes a valuation allowance or changes the allowance in a future period, income tax expense will be impacted. Based on the Company's improved performance and tax restructuring, the Company released $5.3 million of gross valuation allowances ($3.6 million net of federal benefit) on certain state net operating loss carryforwards and state credits during fiscal 2011.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various states and Puerto Rico jurisdictions. The Company's U.S. federal returns for tax years 2004 and forward are subject to examination. State and local income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing of the respective return. The Company has various state income tax returns in the process of examination.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Unrecognized tax benefit balance at the beginning of the year | | $ | 4,131 | | $ | 2,411 | | $ | 2,458 | |
Gross increases for tax positions taken in prior years | | | — | | | 1,331 | | | 646 | |
Gross decreases for tax positions taken in prior years | | | — | | | — | | | (526 | ) |
Gross increases for tax positions taken in current year | | | 235 | | | 389 | | | 296 | |
Settlements taken in current year | | | — | | | — | | | (271 | ) |
Lapse of statute of limitations | | | (1,002 | ) | | — | | | (192 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Unrecognized tax benefit balance at the end of the year | | $ | 3,364 | | $ | 4,131 | | $ | 2,411 | |
| | | | | | | |
The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties for unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense and, accordingly, the Company recognized $0.1 million in fiscal 2011 and no material income tax expense in fiscal 2010 related to potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions. At January 28, 2012, January 29, 2011, and January 30, 2010, the Company has recorded $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, for the payment of interest and penalties which are excluded from the unrecognized tax benefit noted above.
Unrecognized tax benefits include $1.3 million, $1.4 million, and $1.3 million, at January 28, 2012, January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the
59
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES (Continued)
Company's annual effective tax rate. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the amount will increase or decrease within the next twelve months; however, it is not currently possible to estimate the impact of the change.
NOTE 9—STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
On January 26, 2010, the Company terminated the flexible employee benefits trust (the "Trust") that was established on April 29, 1994 to fund a portion of the Company's obligations arising from various employee compensation and benefit plans. In accordance with the terms of the Trust, upon its termination, the Trust's sole asset, consisting of 2,195,270 shares of the Company's common stock, was transferred to the Company in exchange for the full satisfaction and discharge of all intercompany indebtedness then owed by the Trust to the Company. The termination of the Trust had no impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements, except for the reclassification of the shares within the shareholders equity section of the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company uses its treasury shares to satisfy share requirements to its employees under its compensation plans and dividend reinvestment program.
NOTE 10—ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following are the components of other comprehensive income:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Net earnings | | $ | 28,903 | | $ | 36,631 | | $ | 23,036 | |
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: | | | | | | | | | | |
Defined benefit plan adjustment | | | (3,120 | ) | | 582 | | | 595 | |
Derivative financial instrument adjustment | | | 2,499 | | | 81 | | | (211 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Comprehensive income | | $ | 28,282 | | $ | 37,294 | | $ | 23,420 | |
| | | | | | | |
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Defined benefit plan adjustment, net of tax | | $ | (9,696 | ) | $ | (6,576 | ) | $ | (7,158 | ) |
Derivative financial instrument adjustment, net of tax | | | (7,953 | ) | | (10,452 | ) | | (10,533 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | | $ | (17,649 | ) | $ | (17,028 | ) | $ | (17,691 | ) |
| | | | | | | |
NOTE 11—STORE CLOSURES AND ASSET IMPAIRMENTS
During fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a $1.6 million impairment charge related to 12 stores classified as held and used. Of the $1.6 million impairment charge, $0.6 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales, and $1.0 million was charged to service cost of sales. In fiscal 2010, the
60
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 11—STORE CLOSURES AND ASSET IMPAIRMENTS (Continued)
Company recorded a $0.8 million impairment charge related to two stores classified as held and used. Of the $0.8 million impairment charge, $0.6 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales, and $0.2 million was charged to service cost of sales. In both years the Company used a probability-weighted approach and estimates of expected future cash flows to determine the fair value of these stores. Discount and growth rate assumptions were derived from current economic conditions, management's expectations and projected trends of current operating results. The fair market value estimates are classified as a Level 3 measure within the fair value hierarchy. The remaining fair value of impaired assets was $1.4 million at January 28, 2012.
The following schedule details activity in the reserve for closed locations for the three years in the period ended January 28, 2012. The reserve balance includes remaining rent on leases net of sublease income.
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | |
| |
---|
Balance, January 31, 2009 | | $ | 2,112 | |
Accretion of present value of liabilities | | | 111 | |
Change in assumptions about future sublease income, lease termination | | | 1,122 | |
Cash payments | | | (1,095 | ) |
| | | |
Balance, January 30, 2010 | | | 2,250 | |
Accretion of present value of liabilities | | | 81 | |
Change in assumptions about future sublease income, lease termination | | | 163 | |
Cash payments | | | (1,253 | ) |
| | | |
Balance, January 29, 2011 | | | 1,241 | |
Accretion of present value of liabilities | | | 53 | |
Provision for closed locations | | | 310 | |
Change in assumptions about future sublease income, lease termination | | | 674 | |
Cash payments | | | (477 | ) |
| | | |
Balance, January 28, 2012 | | $ | 1,801 | |
| | | |
A store is classified as "held for disposal" when (i) the Company has committed to a plan to sell, (ii) the building is vacant and the property is available for sale, (iii) the Company is actively marketing the property for sale, (iv) the sale price is reasonable in relation to its current fair value and (v) the Company expects to complete the sale within one year. Assets held for disposal have been valued at the lower of their carrying amount or their estimated fair value, net of disposal costs. The fair value of these assets is estimated using readily available market data for comparable properties and is classified as a Level 2 (as described in Note 16, "Fair Value Measurements") measure within the fair value hierarchy. No depreciation expense is recognized during the period the asset is held for disposal. During fiscal 2011, the Company sold the last remaining store classified as an asset held for sale at the property's carrying value.
During fiscal 2010, the Company sold seven stores classified as held for disposal for $4.3 million and recorded a net gain of $0.5 million in earnings from continuing operations. In addition, during fiscal 2010, the Company recorded a $0.2 million impairment charge related to a store classified as held for disposal. The Company lowered its selling price reflecting declines in the commercial real estate market. Substantially all of this impairment was charged to merchandise cost of sales.
61
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 11—STORE CLOSURES AND ASSET IMPAIRMENTS (Continued)
During fiscal 2009, the Company sold four stores classified as held for disposal for $3.6 million and recorded a net gain of $0.2 million of which $0.1 million is reported in discontinued operations. The Company also decided to reopen one store and moved the carrying value of $1.7 million to property and equipment. During fiscal 2009 in response to a continuing weak real estate market, the Company reduced its prices for certain properties and recorded a $3.1 million impairment charge, of which $2.2 million was charged to merchandise cost of sales, $0.7 million was charged to service cost of sales and $0.2 million (pretax) was charged to discontinued operations.
NOTE 12—EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is based on net earnings divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The following schedule presents the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for earnings from continuing operations:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
| | (dollar amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
| | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
(a) | | Earnings from continuing operations before discontinued operations | | $ | 29,128 | | $ | 37,171 | | $ | 24,113 | |
| | Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of $(121), $(291) and $(580) | | | (225 | ) | | (540 | ) | | (1,077 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Net earnings | | $ | 28,903 | | $ | 36,631 | | $ | 23,036 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
(b) | | Basic average number of common shares outstanding during period | | | 52,958 | | | 52,677 | | | 52,397 | |
| | Common shares assumed issued upon exercise of dilutive stock options, net of assumed repurchase, at the average market price | | | 673 | | | 485 | | | 270 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
(c) | | Diluted average number of common shares assumed outstanding during period | | | 53,631 | | | 53,162 | | | 52,667 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Basic earnings per share: | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Earnings from continuing operations (a/b) | | $ | 0.55 | | $ | 0.71 | | $ | 0.46 | |
| | Discontinued operations, net of tax | | | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | | (0.02 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Basic earnings per share | | $ | 0.54 | | $ | 0.70 | | $ | 0.44 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Diluted earnings per share: | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Earnings from continuing operations (a/c) | | $ | 0.54 | | $ | 0.70 | | $ | 0.46 | |
| | Discontinued operations, net of tax | | | — | | | (0.01 | ) | | (0.02 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | Diluted earnings per share | | $ | 0.54 | | $ | 0.69 | | $ | 0.44 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Certain stock options were excluded from the calculations of diluted earnings per share because their exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares for the period then ended and therefore would be anti-dilutive. The total number of such shares excluded from the
62
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 12—EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)
diluted earnings per share calculation were 870,000, 978,000 and 1,125,000 as of January 28, 2012, January 29, 2011, and January 30, 2010, respectively.
NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS
DEFINED BENEFIT AND CONTRIBUTION PLANS
On December 31, 2008, the Company paid $14.4 million to terminate the defined benefit portion of its Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) and recorded a $6.0 million settlement charge. The Company continues to maintain the non-qualified defined contribution portion of the SERP plan (the "Account Plan") for key employees designated by the Board of Directors. The Company's contribution expense for the Account Plan was $0.3 million, $1.2 million and $0.8 million for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Company has a qualified 401(k) savings plan and a separate savings plan for employees residing in Puerto Rico, which cover all full-time employees who are at least 21 years of age with one or more years of service. The Company contributes the lesser of 50% of the first 6% of a participant's contributions or 3% of the participant's compensation under both savings plans. For fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company's contributions were conditional upon the achievement of certain pre-established financial performance goals which were met in fiscal 2010 and 2009, but not in fiscal 2011. The Company's savings plans' contribution expense was $3.0 million and $3.1 million in fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Company also has a defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan") covering full-time employees hired on or before February 1, 1992. As of December 31, 1996, the Company froze the accrued benefits under the Plan and active participants became fully vested. During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company began the process of terminating the Plan. The termination of the Plan is expected to be completed by the end of fiscal 2012. In order to terminate the Plan, in accordance with Internal Revenue Service and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation requirements, the Company is required to fully fund the Plan on a termination basis and will commit to contribute the additional assets necessary to do so. Plan participants will not be adversely affected by the Plan termination, but rather will have their benefits either converted into a lump sum cash payment or an annuity contract placed with an insurance carrier. Until the Plan is terminated, the Plan's trustee will continue to maintain and invest Plan assets and will administer benefits payments. The Company uses a fiscal year end measurement date for determining the benefit obligation and the fair value of Plan assets. The actuarial computations are made using the "projected unit credit method." Variances between actual experience and assumptions for costs and returns on assets are amortized over the remaining service lives of employees under the Plan.
63
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
Pension expense follows:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Service cost | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Interest cost | | | 2,558 | | | 2,561 | | | 2,539 | |
Expected return on plan assets | | | (2,745 | ) | | (2,151 | ) | | (1,804 | ) |
Amortization of prior service cost | | | 14 | | | 14 | | | 14 | |
Recognized actuarial loss | | | 1,499 | | | 1,672 | | | 1,766 | |
| | | | | | | |
Total pension expense | | $ | 1,326 | | $ | 2,096 | | $ | 2,515 | |
| | | | | | | |
The following actuarial assumptions were used to determine benefit obligation and pension expense:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year Ended | |
---|
| | January 22, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Benefit obligation assumptions: | | | | | | | | | | |
Discount rate | | | 4.60 | % | | 5.70 | % | | 6.10 | % |
Rate of compensation increase | | | N/A | | | N/A | | | N/A | |
Pension expense assumptions: | | | | | | | | | | |
Discount rate | | | 5.70 | % | | 6.10 | % | | 7.00 | % |
Expected return on plan assets | | | 6.80 | % | | 6.95 | % | | 6.70 | % |
Rate of compensation expense | | | N/A | | | N/A | | | N/A | |
The Company selected the discount rate for the benefit obligation at January 29, 2011 to reflect a rate commensurate with a model bond portfolio with durations that match the expected payment patterns of the plans. To develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, the Company considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in the selection of a long-term rate of return on assets of 6.80% for fiscal 2011, 6.95% for fiscal 2010 and 6.70% for fiscal 2009.
64
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of the benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and funded status of the Company's defined benefit plans:
| | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | |
---|
Change in benefit obligation: | | | | | | | |
Benefit obligation at beginning of year | | $ | 46,118 | | $ | 42,744 | |
Interest cost | | | 2,558 | | | 2,561 | |
Actuarial loss | | | 6,952 | | | 2,454 | |
Benefits paid | | | (1,654 | ) | | (1,641 | ) |
| | | | | |
Benefit obligation at end of year | | $ | 53,974 | | $ | 46,118 | |
| | | | | |
Change in plan assets: | | | | | | | |
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year | | $ | 39,063 | | $ | 31,857 | |
Actual return on plan assets (net of expenses) | | | 3,193 | | | 3,847 | |
Employer contributions | | | 3,000 | | | 5,000 | |
Benefits paid | | | (1,654 | ) | | (1,641 | ) |
| | | | | |
Fair value of plan assets at end of year | | $ | 43,602 | | $ | 39,063 | |
| | | | | |
Unfunded status at fiscal year end | | $ | (10,372 | ) | $ | (7,055 | ) |
| | | | | |
Net amounts recognized on consolidated balance sheet at fiscal year end | | | | | | | |
Noncurrent benefit liability (included in other long-term liabilities) | | $ | (10,372 | ) | $ | (7,055 | ) |
| | | | | |
Net amount recognized at fiscal year end | | $ | (10,372 | ) | $ | (7,055 | ) |
| | | | | |
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax) at fiscal year end | | | | | | | |
Actuarial loss | | $ | 15,407 | | $ | 10,402 | |
Prior service cost | | | 26 | | | 40 | |
| | | | | |
Net amount recognized at fiscal year end | | $ | 15,433 | | $ | 10,442 | |
| | | | | |
Other comprehensive (income) loss attributable to change in pension liability recognition | | $ | 4,991 | | $ | (928 | ) |
Accumulated benefit obligation at fiscal year end | | $ | 53,974 | | $ | 46,118 | |
Other information | | | | | | | |
Employer contributions expected in fiscal 2012 | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Estimated actuarial loss and prior service cost amortization in fiscal 2012 | | $ | 2,300 | | $ | 1,530 | |
65
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
Benefit payments, including amounts to be paid from Company assets, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | |
| |
---|
2013 | | $ | 1,987 | |
2014 | | | 2,094 | |
2015 | | | 2,204 | |
2016 | | | 2,326 | |
2017 | | | 2,450 | |
2018 - 2022 | | | 14,464 | |
Investment policies are established in accordance with the Company's Benefits Committee (the "Committee") responsibilities to the participants of the Plan and its beneficiaries, and in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). The objective of the Plan is to meet current and future benefit payment needs within the constraints of diversification and prudent risk taking. The Plan is diversified across asset classes to achieve an optimal balance between risk and return and between income and growth of assets through capital appreciation. Investment objectives for each asset class are determined based on specific risks and investment opportunities identified. The Company believes that the diversification of its assets minimizes the risk due to concentration of the Plan assets.
The Company updates its long-term, strategic asset allocations annually using various analytics to determine the optimal asset mix and consideration of plan liability characteristics, liquidity characteristics, funding requirements, expected rates of return and the distribution of returns. Actual allocations to each asset class vary from target allocations due to periodic investment strategy changes, market value fluctuations, the length of time it takes to fully implement investment allocation positions (such as private equity and real estate), and the timing of benefit payments and contributions. Short term investments and exchange-traded derivatives are used to rebalance the actual asset allocation to the target asset allocation. The asset allocation is monitored and rebalanced on a monthly basis.
The manager of the investments provides advice and recommendations to help the Committee discharge its fiduciary responsibilities in furtherance of the Plan's goals and objectives. The manager has the discretion to allocate assets among funds within each asset class to conform to strategic targets and ranges established by the Committee. The target asset allocation is 50% equity securities and 50% fixed income. The investment policy requires that the asset allocation be maintained within certain ranges. The weighted average asset allocations and asset allocation ranges by asset category are as follows:
Weighted Average Asset Allocations
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | Asset Allocation Ranges | |
---|
Total equities | | | 50 | % | | 52 | % | | 45 - 55 | % |
Domestic equities | | | 32 | % | | 31 | % | | 28 - 38 | % |
Non-US equities | | | 18 | % | | 21 | % | | 12 - 22 | % |
Fixed income | | | 50 | % | | 48 | % | | 45 - 55 | % |
66
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
The tables below provide the fair values of the Company's pension plan assets at January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, by asset category. The tables also identify the level of inputs used to determine the fair value of assets in each category (see Note 16, "Fair Value Measurements" for definition of levels). The significant amount of Level 2 investments in the table relates to investments in pooled funds that contain investments with values based on quoted market prices, but for which the funds are not valued on a quoted market basis, and fixed income securities that are valued using model based pricing services.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) Asset Category | | Fair Value at January 28, 2012 | | Level 1 | | Level 2 | | Level 3 | |
---|
Domestic equities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
US Small/Mid Cap Growth | | $ | 1,372 | | $ | — | | $ | 1,372 | | $ | — | |
US Small/Mid Cap Value | | | 1,335 | | | — | | | 1,335 | | | — | |
US Large Cap Passive | | | 11,006 | | | — | | | 11,006 | | | — | |
Non-U.S. equities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Non-US Core Equity | | | 7,962 | | | — | | | 7,962 | | | — | |
Fixed income | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Long Duration | | | 15,598 | | | — | | | 15,598 | | | — | |
Long Duration Passive | | | 4,995 | | | — | | | 4,995 | | | — | |
Guaranteed annuity contracts | | | 1,334 | | | — | | | — | | | 1,334 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 43,602 | | $ | — | | $ | 42,268 | | $ | 1,334 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) Asset Category | | Fair Value at January 29, 2011 | | Level 1 | | Level 2 | | Level 3 | |
---|
Money market fund | | $ | 48 | | $ | 48 | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Domestic equities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
US Small/Mid Cap Growth | | | 1,299 | | | — | | | 1,299 | | | — | |
US Small/Mid Cap Value | | | 1,298 | | | — | | | 1,298 | | | — | |
US Large Cap Passive | | | 9,566 | | | — | | | 9,566 | | | — | |
Non-U.S. equities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Non-US Core Equity | | | 8,087 | | | — | | | 8,087 | | | — | |
Fixed income | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Long Duration | | | 13,271 | | | — | | | 13,271 | | | — | |
Long Duration Passive | | | 4,244 | | | — | | | 4,244 | | | — | |
Guaranteed annuity contracts | | | 1,250 | | | — | | | — | | | 1,250 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Total | | $ | 39,063 | | $ | 48 | | $ | 37,765 | | $ | 1,250 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Generally, investments are valued based on information in financial publications of general circulation, statistical and valuation services, records of security exchanges, appraisal by qualified persons, transactions and bona fide offers. Money market funds are valued using a market approach based on the quoted market prices of identical instruments. These investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
67
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
Domestic equities, non-US equities, and both long duration fixed income securities consist of collective trust ("CT") funds. CT funds are comprised of shares or units in commingled funds that are not publicly traded. The underlying assets in these funds (equity securities and fixed income securities) are publicly traded on exchanges and price quotes for the assets held by these funds are readily available. CT funds are valued at their net asset values that are calculated by the investment manager of the fund and have daily or monthly liquidity. These investments are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Guaranteed annuity contracts ("GACs") are annuity insurance contracts. GACs are primarily invested in public bonds with some small placement in common stock, private placement bonds and commercial mortgage products. The GACs are valued based on unobservable inputs, as observable inputs are not available, using valuation methodologies to determine fair value. GACs are deemed to be Level 3 investments.
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of Level 3 financial assets during fiscal 2011:
| | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Fair Value | |
---|
Balance, January 29, 2011 | | $ | 1,250 | |
Transfers from other investments | | | 1,676 | |
Interest income and gains | | | 143 | |
Administrative fees | | | (81 | ) |
Benefits paid during the period | | | (1,654 | ) |
| | | |
Balance, January 28, 2012 | | $ | 1,334 | |
| | | |
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
The Company maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that allows its officers and certain other employees to defer up to 20% of their annual salary and 100% of their annual bonus. Additionally, the first 20% of an officer's bonus deferred into the Company's stock is matched by the Company on a one-for-one basis with Company stock that vests and is expensed over three years. The shares required to satisfy distributions of voluntary bonus deferrals and the accompanying match in the Company's stock are issued from its treasury account.
RABBI TRUST
The Company establishes and maintains a deferred liability for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan and the Account Plan. The Company plans to fund this liability by remitting the officers' deferrals to a Rabbi Trust where these deferrals are invested in variable life insurance policies. These assets are included in non-current other assets and are considered to be a Level 2 measure within the fair value hierarchy. Accordingly, all gains and losses on these underlying investments, which are held in the Rabbi Trust to fund the deferred liability, are recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations. Under these plans, there were liabilities of $6.9 million at January 28, 2012 and $6.2 million at January 29, 2011, respectively, which are recorded primarily in other long-term liabilities.
68
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 14—EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
The Company has a stock-based compensation plan originally approved by the stockholders on May 21, 1990 under which it has previously granted non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options to key employees and members of its Board of Directors. There are no awards remaining available for grant under the 1990 Plan. The Company has a stock-based compensation plan originally approved by the stockholders on June 2, 1999 under which it has previously granted and may continue to grant non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options and restricted stock units ("RSUs") to key employees and members of its Board of Directors. On June 24, 2009, the stockholders renamed the 1999 Plan to the 2009 Plan, extended its terms to December 31, 2014 and increased the number of shares issuable thereunder by 1,500,000. As of January 28, 2012, there were 2,952,304 awards outstanding and 1,232,934 awards available for grant under the 2009 Plan.
Incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options granted under the 1990 and 2009 plans to non-officers vest fully on the third anniversary of their grant date and officers vest in equal tranches over three or four year periods. Generally, all options granted prior to March 3, 2004 carry an expiration date of ten years and options granted on or after March 3, 2004 carry an expiration date of seven years. RSUs previously granted to non-officers vest fully on the third anniversary of their grant date. RSUs previously granted to officers vest in equal tranches over three or four year periods.
The Company has also granted RSUs under the 2009 plan in conjunction with its non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, the first 20% of an officer's bonus deferred into the Company's stock fund is matched by the Company on a one-for-one basis with RSUs that vest over a three-year period, with one third vesting on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.
The exercise price, term and other conditions applicable to future stock option and RSU grants under the 2009 plan are generally determined by the Board of Directors; provided that the exercise price of stock options must be at least 100% of the quoted market price of the common stock on the grant date. The Company currently satisfies all share requirements resulting from RSU conversions and option exercises from its treasury stock. The Company believes its treasury share balance at January 28, 2012 is adequate to satisfy such activity during the next twelve-month period.
The following table summarizes the options under the plans:
| | | | | | | |
| | Fiscal Year 2011 | |
---|
| | Shares | | Weighted Average Exercise Price | |
---|
Outstanding—beginning of year | | | 1,831,802 | | $ | 8.55 | |
Granted | | | 265,139 | | | 12.30 | |
Exercised | | | (45,321 | ) | | 7.13 | |
Forfeited | | | (10,507 | ) | | 9.01 | |
Expired | | | (32,683 | ) | | 15.01 | |
| | | | | | |
Outstanding—end of year | | | 2,008,430 | | | 8.97 | |
| | | | | | |
Vested and expected to vest options—end of year | | | 1,978,204 | | | 8.92 | |
| | | | | | |
Options exercisable—end of year | | | 1,241,128 | | $ | 9.13 | |
| | | | | | |
69
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 14—EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS (Continued)
The following table summarizes information about options during the last three fiscal years (dollars in thousands except per option):
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Fiscal 2011 | | Fiscal 2010 | | Fiscal 2009 | |
---|
Weighted average fair value at grant date per option | | $ | 5.38 | | $ | 4.28 | | $ | 2.10 | |
Intrinsic value of options exercised | | $ | 202 | | $ | 609 | | $ | 43 | |
The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options, exercisable options and expected to vest options at January 28, 2012 was $7.8 million, $5.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively. At January 28, 2012, the weighted average remaining contractual term of outstanding options, exercisable options and expected to vest options was 3.9 years, 3.1 years and 5.2 years, respectively. At January 28, 2012, there was approximately $1.7 million of total unrecognized pre-tax compensation cost related to non-vested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years.
The following table summarizes information about non-vested RSUs since January 28, 2012:
| | | | | | | |
| | Number of RSUs | | Weighted Average Fair Value | |
---|
Nonvested at January 29, 2011 | | | 432,331 | | $ | 10.16 | |
Granted | | | 321,314 | | | 10.45 | |
Forfeited | | | (3,051 | ) | | 9.09 | |
Vested | | | (123,847 | ) | | 12.09 | |
| | | | | | |
Nonvested at January 28, 2012 | | | 626,747 | | $ | 9.93 | |
| | | | | | |
The following table summarizes information about RSUs during the last three fiscal years:
| | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) | | Fiscal 2011 | | Fiscal 2010 | | Fiscal 2009 | |
---|
Weighted average fair value at grant date per unit | | $ | 10.45 | | $ | 9.32 | | $ | 9.18 | |
Fair value at vesting date | | $ | 1,498 | | $ | 1,861 | | $ | 1,455 | |
Intrinsic value at conversion date | | $ | 896 | | $ | 809 | | $ | 675 | |
Tax benefits realized from conversions | | $ | 336 | | $ | 301 | | $ | 251 | |
At January 28, 2012, there was approximately $2.5 million of total unrecognized pre-tax compensation cost related to non-vested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
The Company recognized approximately $1.3 million, $1.4 million, and $1.0 million of compensation expense related to stock options, and approximately $1.9 million, $2.1 million, and $1.6 million of compensation expense related to restricted stock units, included in selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The related tax benefit recognized was approximately $1.2 million, $1.3 million and $1.0 million for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for a time period similar to that of the expected term and the expected term of the options is based on actual experience. The risk-free rate is
70
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 14—EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS (Continued)
based on the U.S. treasury yield curve for issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term. The fair value of each option granted during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and, in certain situations where the grant includes both a market and a service condition, the Monte Carlo simulation model is used. The following are the weighted-average assumptions:
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Year ended | |
---|
| | January 28, 2012 | | January 29, 2011 | | January 30, 2010 | |
---|
Dividend yield | | | 1.0 | % | | 1.35 | % | | 2.3 | % |
Expected volatility | | | 58 | % | | 56 | % | | 65 | % |
Risk-free interest rate range: | | | | | | | | | | |
High | | | 1.9 | % | | 2.0 | % | | 2.3 | % |
Low | | | 1.6 | % | | 0.9 | % | | 1.6 | % |
Ranges of expected lives in years | | | 4 - 5 | | | 4 - 5 | | | 4 - 5 | |
The Company granted approximately 95,000 and 105,000 RSUs in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, that will vest if the employees remain continuously employed through the third anniversary date of the grant and the Company achieves a return on invested capital target for fiscal year 2013 and 2012, respectively. The number of underlying shares that may be issued upon vesting will range from 0% to 150%, depending upon the Company achieving the financial targets in fiscal year 2013 and 2012, respectively. At the date of the grants, the fair values were $12.48 per unit and $10.34 per unit for the 2011 and 2010 awards, respectively. The Company also granted approximately 48,000 and 52,000 RSUs for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively, that will vest if the employees remain continuously employed through the third anniversary date of the grant and will become exercisable if the Company satisfies a total shareholder return target in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. The number of underlying shares that may become exercisable will range from 0% to 175% depending upon whether the market condition is achieved. The Company used a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate a $14.73 and $12.99 per unit grant date fair value for the 2011 and 2010 RSUs, respectively. The non-vested restricted stock award table reflects the maximum vesting of underlying shares for performance and market based awards granted in both 2011 and 2010.
During fiscal 2011 and 2010, the Company granted approximately 50,000 and 61,000 restricted stock units, respectively, related to officers' deferred bonus matches under the Company's non-qualified deferred compensation plan, which vest over a three year period. The fair value of these awards was $13.68 and $12.53, respectively. During fiscal 2011 and 2010, the Company granted approximately 42,000 and 52,000 RSUs, respectively, to its non-employee directors of the board that vested immediately. The fair value for these awards was $10.67 and $9.55 per unit, respectively.
The Company reflects in its consolidated statement of cash flows any tax benefits realized upon the exercise of stock options or issuance of RSUs in excess of that which is associated with the expense recognized for financial reporting purposes. The amounts reflected as financing cash inflows and operating cash outflows in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 are immaterial.
71
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 14—EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS (Continued)
During fiscal 2011, the Company began an employee stock purchase plan which provides eligible employees the opportunity to purchase shares of the Company's stock at a stated discount through regular payroll deductions. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued or transferred under the plan is 2,000,000 shares. All shares purchased by employees under this plan will be issued through treasury stock. The Company's expense for the discount during fiscal 2011 was immaterial. As of January 28, 2012, there were 1,964,238 shares available for issuing under this plan.
NOTE 15—INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENT
The Company entered into an interest rate swap for a notional amount of $145.0 million that is designated as a cash flow hedge on the first $145.0 million of the Company's Senior Secured Term Loan facility. The interest rate swap converts the variable LIBOR portion of the interest payments to a fixed rate of 5.036% and terminates in October 2013. As of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011, the fair value of the swap was a net $12.5 million and $16.4 million payable, respectively, recorded within other long-term liabilities on the balance sheet.
NOTE 16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company's fair value measurements consist of (a) non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the Company's financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) and (b) all financial assets and liabilities.
Fair value is defined as the exit price, or the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date. There is a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the factors market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability developed based upon the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The Company's long-term investments, interest rate swap agreements and contingent consideration are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The information in the following paragraphs and tables primarily addresses matters relative to these assets and liabilities.
Cash equivalents, other than credit card receivables, include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at acquisition. The Company carries these investments at fair
72
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
value. As a result, the Company has determined that its cash equivalents in their entirety are classified as a Level 1 measure within the fair value hierarchy.
Collateral investments include monies on deposit that are restricted. The Company carries these investments at fair value. As a result, the Company has determined that its collateral investments are classified as a Level 1 measure within the fair value hierarchy.
Deferred compensation assets include variable life insurance policies held in a Rabbi Trust. The Company values these policies using observable market data. The inputs used to value the variable life insurance policy fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The Company has one interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge on $145.0 million of the Company's Senior Secured Term Loan facility that expires in October 2013. The Company values this swap using observable market data to discount projected cash flows and for credit risk adjustments. The inputs used to value derivatives fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
The Company had recorded contingent consideration as a result of the acquisition of Florida Tire. The consideration was to be paid to the seller on each six month anniversary of the closing date until the deferred purchase price is paid in full, subject to acceleration or cancellation clauses. The calculation of the contingent consideration was based on a weighted average probability scenario that includes management's assumptions on expected future cash flows. As a result, the Company classified contingent considerations as a Level 3 measure within the fair value hierarchy. During fiscal 2011 the remaining deferred purchase price was cancelled in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement.
The following table provides information by level for assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, on a recurring basis.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| | Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as | |
---|
| | Fair Value at January 28, 2012 | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) Description | | Level 1 | | Level 2 | | Level 3 | |
---|
Assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 58,244 | | $ | 58,244 | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Collateral investments(a) | | | 17,276 | | | 17,276 | | | — | | | — | |
Deferred compensation assets(a) | | | 3,576 | | | — | | | 3,576 | | | — | |
Liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other liabilities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Derivative liability(b) | | | 12,540 | | | — | | | 12,540 | | | — | |
- (a)
- included in other long-term assets
- (b)
- included in other long-term liabilities
73
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 16—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| | Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as | |
---|
| | Fair Value at January 29, 2011 | |
---|
(dollar amounts in thousands) Description | | Level 1 | | Level 2 | | Level 3 | |
---|
Assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 90,240 | | $ | 90,240 | | $ | — | | $ | — | |
Collateral investments(a) | | | 9,638 | | | 9,638 | | | — | | | — | |
Deferred compensation assets(a) | | | 3,037 | | | — | | | 3,037 | | | — | |
Liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current liabilities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Contingent consideration(b) | | | 288 | | | — | | | — | | | 288 | |
Other liabilities | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Derivative liability(c) | | | 16,424 | | | — | | | 16,424 | | | | |
Contingent consideration(c) | | | 1,224 | | | — | | | — | | | 1,224 | |
- (a)
- included in other long-term assets
- (b)
- included in accrued liabilities
- (c)
- included in other long-term liabilities
The following represents the impact of fair value accounting for the Company's derivative liability on its consolidated financial statements:
| | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands)
| | Amount of Gain/ (Loss) in Other Comprehensive Income (Effective Portion) | | Earnings Statement Classification | | Amount of Loss Recognized in Earnings (Effective Portion) | |
---|
Fiscal 2011 | | $ | 2,428 | | Interest expense | | $ | 6,970 | |
Fiscal 2010 | | $ | (14 | ) | Interest expense | | $ | 6,905 | |
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, that is, the assets are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances such as when there is evidence of impairment. In response to a continuing weak real estate market, the Company reduced its prices for certain properties held for disposal and recorded impairment charges of $0.2 million and $3.1 million in fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively. The fair values were based on selling prices of comparable properties, net of expected disposal costs. These measures of fair value, and related inputs, are considered level 2 measures under the fair value hierarchy. Measurements of assets held and used are discussed in Note 11, "Store Closures and Asset Impairments."
NOTE 17—LEGAL MATTERS
The Company is party to various actions and claims arising in the normal course of business. The Company believes that amounts accrued for awards or assessments in connection with all such matters are adequate and that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect
74
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 17—LEGAL MATTERS (Continued)
on the Company's financial position. However, there exists a possibility of loss in excess of the amounts accrued, the amount of which cannot currently be estimated. While the Company does not believe that the amount of such excess loss could be material to the Company's financial position, any such loss could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations in the period(s) during which the underlying matters are resolved.
NOTE 18—QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | Earnings / Loss Per Share from Continuing Operations | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
---|
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | Earnings / Loss Per Share | |
| | Market Price Per Share | |
---|
| |
| |
| |
| | Earnings / Loss from Continuing Operations | |
| |
| |
---|
| | Total Revenues | | Gross Profit | | Operating Profit / Loss | | Earnings / Loss | | Cash Dividends Per Share | |
---|
| | Basic | | Diluted | | Basic | | Diluted | | High | | Low | |
---|
Year Ended January 28, 2012 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
4th quarter | | $ | 505,318 | | $ | 112,273 | | $ | (29 | ) | $ | (4,191 | ) | $ | (4,420 | ) | $ | (0.08 | ) | $ | (0.08 | ) | $ | (0.08 | ) | $ | (0.08 | ) | $ | 0.0300 | | $ | 12.08 | | $ | 10.21 | |
3rd quarter | | | 522,173 | | | 126,921 | | | 17,347 | | | 7,022 | | | 7,011 | | | 0.13 | | | 0.13 | | | 0.13 | | | 0.13 | | | 0.0300 | | | 12.04 | | | 8.18 | |
2nd quarter | | | 522,594 | | | 135,210 | | | 21,939 | | | 13,891 | | | 13,943 | | | 0.26 | | | 0.26 | | | 0.26 | | | 0.26 | | | 0.0300 | | | 14.28 | | | 10.27 | |
1st quarter | | | 513,540 | | | 135,122 | | | 26,311 | | | 12,405 | | | 12,368 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.0300 | | | 14.70 | | | 10.53 | |
Year Ended January 29, 2011 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
4th quarter | | $ | 477,389 | | $ | 124,400 | | $ | 17,605 | | $ | 8,538 | | $ | 8,365 | | $ | 0.16 | | $ | 0.16 | | $ | 0.16 | | $ | 0.16 | | $ | 0.0300 | | $ | 15.96 | | $ | 11.37 | |
3rd quarter | | | 496,364 | | | 125,856 | | | 15,125 | | | 5,674 | | | 5,718 | | | 0.11 | | | 0.11 | | | 0.11 | | | 0.11 | | | 0.0300 | | | 12.00 | | | 8.82 | |
2nd quarter | | | 504,855 | | | 134,501 | | | 23,842 | | | 10,799 | | | 10,598 | | | 0.21 | | | 0.20 | | | 0.20 | | | 0.20 | | | 0.0300 | | | 13.26 | | | 7.86 | |
1st quarter | | | 510,033 | | | 137,595 | | | 26,008 | | | 12,160 | | | 11,950 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.23 | | | 0.0300 | | | 13.42 | | | 8.08 | |
In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company released $3.4 million (net of federal tax) of valuation allowance relating to state net loss operating carryforwards and credits. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a $1.1 million reduction to its reserve for excess inventory.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a $4.6 million reduction to its reserve for excess inventory and an income tax benefit of $1.0 million related to the reduction of a valuation allowance on certain state net operating loss carryforwards and credits.
NOTE 19—SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On January 29, 2012, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement") with Auto Acquisition Company, LLC and Auto Mergersub, Inc., entities formed by affiliates of The Gores Group, LLC. The Merger Agreement was unanimously approved by the Company's Board of Directors on January 29, 2012. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the merger; (i) each share of the Company's common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such time shall be converted into the right to receive $15.00 in cash, without interest; (ii) each outstanding option will vest (if not already vested), then will be canceled, and the holder will receive an amount, if any, equal to the excess of $15.00 over the applicable exercise price for each option; and (iii) each outstanding restricted stock unit, including those deferred by the holder and those with performance or market conditions, will vest (if not already vested), then will be canceled, and the holder will receive $15.00 for each unit. As a result of the vesting of the options and restricted stock units, at the effective time of the merger, the Company will
75
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 19—SUBSEQUENT EVENT (Continued)
record a charge for the then unrecognized pre-tax compensation cost (see Note 14, "Equity Compensation Plans").
Consummation of the merger is subject to customary conditions, including without limitation (i) the adoption of the Merger Agreement by the Company's shareholders, (ii) the expiration or early termination of the waiting period applicable to the consummation of the Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1974, as amended (which has been received), (iii) the absence of any law or order that is in effect and restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the merger and (iv) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the parties and compliance by the parties with their respective obligations under the Merger Agreement (subject to customary materiality qualifiers).
The Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights. Upon termination of the Merger Agreement by the Company under specified circumstances, the Company will be required to pay the purchaser a termination fee of $25.0 million. If the Purchaser fails to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement on or prior to the date that is five business days after the satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to the closing specified in the Merger Agreement, the purchaser will be required to pay the Company a reverse termination fee of $50.0 million. The merger is expected to close during the second quarter of fiscal year 2012.
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION
The Company's Notes are fully and unconditionally and joint and severally guaranteed by certain of the Company's direct and indirectly wholly-owned subsidiaries—namely, The Pep Boys Manny Moe & Jack of California, The Pep Boys—Manny Moe & Jack of Delaware, Inc. (the "Pep Boys of Delaware"); Pep Boys—Manny Moe & Jack of Puerto Rico, Inc.; Tire Stores Group Holding Corporation (on and after May 5, 2011); Big 10 Tire Stores, LLC (on and after May 5, 2011) and PBY Corporation (at and prior to January 29, 2011), (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). The Notes are not guaranteed by the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Colchester Insurance Company.
The following condensed consolidating information presents, in separate columns, the condensed consolidating balance sheets as of January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011 and the related condensed consolidating statements of operations and condensed consolidating statements of cash flows for fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 for (i) the Company ("Pep Boys") on a parent only basis, with its investment in subsidiaries recorded under the equity method, (ii) the Subsidiary Guarantors on a combined basis, (iii) the subsidiary of the Company that does not guarantee the Notes, and (iv) the Company on a consolidated basis. The Company made an immaterial adjustment to the January 29, 2011 amounts reported for cash, intercompany receivables and intercompany liabilities to account for certain intercompany borrowing activity between Pep Boys and a subsidiary guarantor.
On January 29, 2011, The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack of Pennsylvania made a capital contribution of $264.0 million to Pep Boys of Delaware consisting of intercompany receivables due from the latter. This contribution resulted in an increase in the Pep Boys' investment in subsidiaries and the Subsidiary Guarantors' stockholders' equity. On January 30, 2011, the Company merged PBY Corporation into Pep Boys of Delaware and accordingly, The Pep Boys Manny Moe & Jack of California became the wholly owned subsidiary of Pep Boys of Delaware. This merger did not affect the presentation of the following condensed consolidating information.
76
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
On May 5, 2011, The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack acquired Tire Store Group Holdings Corporation and its subsidiary Big 10 Tire Stores, LLC. As a result of this acquisition, The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack of Pennsylvania increased its investment in subsidiaries by $9.4 million (see Note 2—Acquisitions).
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) As of January 28, 2012 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | | Consolidation/ Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
ASSETS | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 22,740 | | $ | 27,181 | | $ | 8,323 | | $ | — | | $ | 58,244 | |
Accounts receivable, net | | | 14,566 | | | 11,226 | | | — | | | — | | | 25,792 | |
Merchandise inventories | | | 214,584 | | | 399,552 | | | — | | | — | | | 614,136 | |
Prepaid expenses | | | 12,945 | | | 16,873 | | | 14,996 | | | (18,420 | ) | | 26,394 | |
Other current assets | | | 606 | | | — | | | 64,214 | | | (4,841 | ) | | 59,979 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total current assets | | | 265,441 | | | 454,832 | | | 87,533 | | | (23,261 | ) | | 784,545 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Property and equipment—net | | | 243,108 | | | 441,645 | | | 30,177 | | | (18,591 | ) | | 696,339 | |
Investment in subsidiaries | | | 2,176,992 | | | — | | | — | | | (2,176,992 | ) | | — | |
Intercompany receivable | | | — | | | 1,389,910 | | | 82,206 | | | (1,472,116 | ) | | — | |
Goodwill | | | 2,549 | | | 44,368 | | | — | | | — | | | 46,917 | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 20,468 | | | 52,402 | | | — | | | — | | | 72,870 | |
Other long-term assets | | | 31,068 | | | 2,040 | | | — | | | — | | | 33,108 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total assets | | $ | 2,739,626 | | $ | 2,385,197 | | $ | 199,916 | | $ | (3,690,960 | ) | $ | 1,633,779 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Accounts payable | | $ | 243,712 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 243,712 | |
Trade payable program liability | | | 85,214 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 85,214 | |
Accrued expenses | | | 17,887 | | | 55,527 | | | 166,711 | | | (18,420 | ) | | 221,705 | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 29,383 | | | 41,666 | | | — | | | (4,841 | ) | | 66,208 | |
Current maturities of long-term debt | | | 1,079 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 1,079 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total current liabilities | | | 377,275 | | | 97,193 | | | 166,711 | | | (23,261 | ) | | 617,918 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Long-term debt less current maturities | | | 294,043 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 294,043 | |
Other long-term liability | | | 30,540 | | | 46,676 | | | — | | | — | | | 77,216 | |
Deferred gain from asset sales | | | 61,323 | | | 97,541 | | | — | | | (18,591 | ) | | 140,273 | |
Intercompany liabilities | | | 1,472,116 | | | — | | | — | | | (1,472,116 | ) | | — | |
Total stockholders' equity | | | 504,329 | | | 2,143,787 | | | 33,205 | | | (2,176,992 | ) | | 504,329 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | | $ | 2,739,626 | | $ | 2,385,197 | | $ | 199,916 | | $ | (3,690,960 | ) | $ | 1,633,779 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
77
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET (Continued)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) As of January 29, 2011 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | | Consolidation/ Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
ASSETS | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 37,912 | | $ | 42,779 | | $ | 9,549 | | $ | — | | $ | 90,240 | |
Accounts receivable, net | | | 8,976 | | | 10,564 | | | — | | | — | | | 19,540 | |
Merchandise inventories | | | 198,062 | | | 366,340 | | | — | | | — | | | 564,402 | |
Prepaid expenses | | | 11,839 | | | 17,649 | | | 16,202 | | | (17,148 | ) | | 28,542 | |
Other current assets | | | 2,260 | | | 936 | | | 62,655 | | | (5,039 | ) | | 60,812 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total current assets | | | 259,049 | | | 438,268 | | | 88,406 | | | (22,187 | ) | | 763,536 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Property and equipment—net | | | 236,853 | | | 452,230 | | | 30,862 | | | (18,964 | ) | | 700,981 | |
Investment in subsidiaries | | | 2,093,479 | | | — | | | — | | | (2,093,479 | ) | | — | |
Intercompany receivable | | | — | | | 1,361,656 | | | 79,270 | | | (1,440,926 | ) | | — | |
Goodwill | | | 2,549 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 2,549 | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 15,749 | | | 50,270 | | | — | | | — | | | 66,019 | |
Other long-term assets | | | 22,392 | | | 1,195 | | | — | | | — | | | 23,587 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total assets | | $ | 2,630,071 | | $ | 2,303,619 | | $ | 198,538 | | $ | (3,575,556 | ) | $ | 1,556,672 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Accounts payable | | $ | 210,440 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 210,440 | |
Trade payable program liability | | | 56,287 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 56,287 | |
Accrued expenses | | | 23,341 | | | 62,168 | | | 167,667 | | | (17,148 | ) | | 236,028 | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 23,024 | | | 38,350 | | | — | | | (5,039 | ) | | 56,335 | |
Current maturities of long-term debt | | | 1,079 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 1,079 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total current liabilities | | | 314,171 | | | 100,518 | | | 167,667 | | | (22,187 | ) | | 560,169 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Long-term debt less current maturities | | | 295,122 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 295,122 | |
Other long-term liability | | | 35,870 | | | 34,176 | | | — | | | — | | | 70,046 | |
Deferred gain from asset sales | | | 65,522 | | | 106,317 | | | — | | | (18,964 | ) | | 152,875 | |
Intercompany liabilities | | | 1,440,926 | | | — | | | — | | | (1,440,926 | ) | | — | |
Total stockholders' equity | | | 478,460 | | | 2,062,608 | | | 30,871 | | | (2,093,479 | ) | | 478,460 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity | | $ | 2,630,071 | | $ | 2,303,619 | | $ | 198,538 | | $ | (3,575,556 | ) | $ | 1,556,672 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
78
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) Year ended January 28, 2012 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | | Consolidation/ Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
Merchandise sales | | $ | 546,420 | | $ | 1,096,337 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 1,642,757 | |
Service revenue | | | 146,021 | | | 274,849 | | | — | | | — | | | 420,870 | |
Other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 23,355 | | | (23,355 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | | 692,441 | | | 1,371,186 | | | 23,355 | | | (23,355 | ) | | 2,063,627 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Costs of merchandise sales | | | 392,065 | | | 763,939 | | | — | | | (1,682 | ) | | 1,154,322 | |
Costs of service revenue | | | 132,635 | | | 267,302 | | | — | | | (161 | ) | | 399,776 | |
Costs of other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 20,140 | | | (20,140 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total costs of revenues | | | 524,700 | | | 1,031,241 | | | 20,140 | | | (21,983 | ) | | 1,554,098 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Gross profit from merchandise sales | | | 154,355 | | | 332,398 | | | — | | | 1,682 | | | 488,435 | |
Gross profit from service revenue | | | 13,386 | | | 7,547 | | | — | | | 161 | | | 21,094 | |
Gross profit from other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 3,215 | | | (3,215 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross profit | | | 167,741 | | | 339,945 | | | 3,215 | | | (1,372 | ) | | 509,529 | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 156,184 | | | 291,372 | | | 329 | | | (3,899 | ) | | 443,986 | |
Net gain from dispositions of assets | | | (10 | ) | | 37 | | | — | | | — | | | 27 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Operating profit | | | 11,547 | | | 48,610 | | | 2,886 | | | 2,527 | | | 65,570 | |
Non-operating (expenses) income | | | (16,492 | ) | | 64,157 | | | 2,528 | | | (47,869 | ) | | 2,324 | |
Interest expenses (income) | | | 70,685 | | | 3,050 | | | (2,087 | ) | | (45,342 | ) | | 26,306 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes | | | (75,630 | ) | | 109,717 | | | 7,501 | | | — | | | 41,588 | |
Income tax (benefit) expense | | | (27,915 | ) | | 37,715 | | | 2,660 | | | — | | | 12,460 | |
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries | | | 76,579 | | | — | | | — | | | (76,579 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations | | | 28,864 | | | 72,002 | | | 4,841 | | | (76,579 | ) | | 29,128 | |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | | | 39 | | | (264 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (225 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings (loss) | | $ | 28,903 | | $ | 71,738 | | $ | 4,841 | | $ | (76,579 | ) | $ | 28,903 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
79
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (Continued)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) Year ended January 29, 2011 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | | Consolidation/ Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
Merchandise sales | | $ | 550,017 | | $ | 1,048,151 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 1,598,168 | |
Service revenue | | | 140,716 | | | 249,757 | | | — | | | — | | | 390,473 | |
Other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 22,944 | | | (22,944 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | | 690,733 | | | 1,297,908 | | | 22,944 | | | (22,944 | ) | | 1,988,641 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Costs of merchandise sales | | | 387,425 | | | 724,586 | | | — | | | (1,631 | ) | | 1,110,380 | |
Costs of service revenue | | | 124,675 | | | 231,387 | | | — | | | (153 | ) | | 355,909 | |
Costs of other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 16,709 | | | (16,709 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total costs of revenues | | | 512,100 | | | 955,973 | | | 16,709 | | | (18,493 | ) | | 1,466,289 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Gross profit from merchandise sales | | | 162,592 | | | 323,565 | | | — | | | 1,631 | | | 487,788 | |
Gross profit from service revenue | | | 16,041 | | | 18,370 | | | — | | | 153 | | | 34,564 | |
Gross profit from other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 6,235 | | | (6,235 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross profit | | | 178,633 | | | 341,935 | | | 6,235 | | | (4,451 | ) | | 522,352 | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 158,699 | | | 290,111 | | | 346 | | | (6,917 | ) | | 442,239 | |
Net gain from dispositions of assets | | | 1,873 | | | 594 | | | — | | | — | | | 2,467 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Operating profit | | | 21,807 | | | 52,418 | | | 5,889 | | | 2,466 | | | 82,580 | |
Non-operating (expenses) income | | | (16,271 | ) | | 81,965 | | | 2,468 | | | (65,553 | ) | | 2,609 | |
Interest expenses (income) | | | 65,422 | | | 26,497 | | | (2,087 | ) | | (63,087 | ) | | 26,745 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes | | | (59,886 | ) | | 107,886 | | | 10,444 | | | — | | | 58,444 | |
Income tax (benefit) expenses | | | (20,064 | ) | | 37,666 | | | 3,671 | | | — | | | 21,273 | |
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries | | | 76,519 | | | — | | | — | | | (76,519 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations | | | 36,697 | | | 70,220 | | | 6,773 | | | (76,519 | ) | | 37,171 | |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | | | (66 | ) | | (474 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (540 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings (loss) | | $ | 36,631 | | $ | 69,746 | | $ | 6,773 | | $ | (76,519 | ) | $ | 36,631 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
80
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (Continued)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) Year ended January 30, 2010 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non-Guarantors | | Consolidation/ Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
Merchandise sales | | $ | 521,428 | | $ | 1,012,191 | | $ | — | | $ | — | | $ | 1,533,619 | |
Service revenue | | | 133,240 | | | 244,079 | | | — | | | — | | | 377,319 | |
Other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 22,904 | | | (22,904 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total revenues | | | 654,668 | | | 1,256,270 | | | 22,904 | | | (22,904 | ) | | 1,910,938 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Costs of merchandise sales | | | 363,320 | | | 723,116 | | | — | | | (1,632 | ) | | 1,084,804 | |
Costs of service revenue | | | 115,123 | | | 225,057 | | | — | | | (153 | ) | | 340,027 | |
Costs of other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 19,821 | | | (19,821 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total costs of revenues | | | 478,443 | | | 948,173 | | | 19,821 | | | (21,606 | ) | | 1,424,831 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Gross profit from merchandise sales | | | 158,108 | | | 289,075 | | | — | | | 1,632 | | | 448,815 | |
Gross profit from service revenue | | | 18,117 | | | 19,022 | | | — | | | 153 | | | 37,292 | |
Gross profit from other revenue | | | — | | | — | | | 3,083 | | | (3,083 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total gross profit | | | 176,225 | | | 308,097 | | | 3,083 | | | (1,298 | ) | | 486,107 | |
Selling, general and administrative expenses | | | 151,008 | | | 282,700 | | | 318 | | | (3,765 | ) | | 430,261 | |
Net gain from dispositions of assets | | | 886 | | | 327 | | | — | | | — | | | 1,213 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Operating profit | | | 26,103 | | | 25,724 | | | 2,765 | | | 2,467 | | | 57,059 | |
Non-operating (expenses) income | | | (15,516 | ) | | 86,810 | | | 2,473 | | | (71,506 | ) | | 2,261 | |
Interest expenses (income) | | | 63,477 | | | 29,353 | | | (2,087 | ) | | (69,039 | ) | | 21,704 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations before income taxes | | | (52,890 | ) | | 83,181 | | | 7,325 | | | — | | | 37,616 | |
Income tax (benefit) expenses | | | (17,638 | ) | | 28,559 | | | 2,582 | | | — | | | 13,503 | |
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries | | | 58,325 | | | — | | | — | | | (58,325 | ) | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations | | | 23,073 | | | 54,622 | | | 4,743 | | | (58,325 | ) | | 24,113 | |
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax | | | (37 | ) | | (1,040 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (1,077 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings (loss) | | $ | 23,036 | | $ | 53,582 | | $ | 4,743 | | $ | (58,325 | ) | $ | 23,036 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
81
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) January 28, 2012 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non- Guarantors | | Consolidation Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings (loss) | | $ | 28,903 | | $ | 71,738 | | $ | 4,841 | | $ | (76,579 | ) | $ | 28,903 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss from discontinued operations | | | (39 | ) | | 264 | | | — | | | — | | | 225 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 30,026 | | | 49,204 | | | 685 | | | (373 | ) | | 79,542 | |
Amortization of deferred gain from asset sales | | | (4,199 | ) | | (8,776 | ) | | — | | | 373 | | | (12,602 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | | 3,237 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 3,237 | |
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries | | | (76,579 | ) | | — | | | — | | | 76,579 | | | — | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 2,012 | | | 8,091 | | | 198 | | | — | | | 10,301 | |
Gain from disposition of assets | | | 10 | | | (37 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (27 | ) |
Loss from asset impairments | | | 237 | | | 1,382 | | | — | | | — | | | 1,619 | |
Dividends received from subsidiary | | | 2,507 | | | — | | | — | | | (2,507 | ) | | — | |
Other | | | (429 | ) | | (144 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (573 | ) |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other | | | (2,935 | ) | | 4,605 | | | (551 | ) | | 1,272 | | | 2,391 | |
Increase in merchandise inventories | | | (16,522 | ) | | (26,234 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (42,756 | ) |
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable | | | 33,272 | | | (8,401 | ) | | — | | | — | | | 24,871 | |
(Decrease) in accrued expenses | | | (5,528 | ) | | (10,989 | ) | | (956 | ) | | (1,272 | ) | | (18,745 | ) |
(Decrease) increase in other long-term liabilities | | | (5,963 | ) | | 3,500 | | | — | | | — | | | (2,463 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations | | | (11,990 | ) | | 84,203 | | | 4,217 | | | (2,507 | ) | | 73,923 | |
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations | | | 39 | | | (312 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (273 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | | | (11,951 | ) | | 83,891 | | | 4,217 | | | (2,507 | ) | | 73,650 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash paid for property and equipment | | | (36,168 | ) | | (38,578 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (74,746 | ) |
Proceeds from disposition of assets | | | — | | | 515 | | | — | | | — | | | 515 | |
Collateral investments | | | (7,638 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (7,638 | ) |
Acquisitions, net of cash received. | | | (288 | ) | | (42,613 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (42,901 | ) |
Other | | | (837 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (837 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in Investing Activities | | | (44,931 | ) | | (80,676 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (125,607 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Borrowings under line of credit agreements | | | 2,008 | | | 3,713 | | | — | | | — | | | 5,721 | |
Payments under line of credit agreements | | | (2,008 | ) | | (3,713 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (5,721 | ) |
Borrowings on trade payable program liability | | | 144,180 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 144,180 | |
Payments on trade payable program liability | | | (115,253 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (115,253 | ) |
Payments for finance issuance cost | | | (2,441 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (2,441 | ) |
Debt payments | | | (1,079 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (1,079 | ) |
Intercompany borrowings (payments) | | | 21,749 | | | (18,813 | ) | | (2,936 | ) | | — | | | — | |
Dividends paid | | | (6,344 | ) | | — | | | (2,507 | ) | | 2,507 | | | (6,344 | ) |
Other | | | 898 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 898 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | | | 41,710 | | | (18,813 | ) | | (5,443 | ) | | 2,507 | | | 19,961 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net decrease in cash | | | (15,172 | ) | | (15,598 | ) | | (1,226 | ) | | — | | | (31,996 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | | | 37,912 | | | 42,779 | | | 9,549 | | | — | | | 90,240 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | | $ | 22,740 | | $ | 27,181 | | $ | 8,323 | | $ | — | | $ | 58,244 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
82
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) January 29, 2011 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non- Guarantors | | Consolidation Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings (loss) | | $ | 36,631 | | $ | 69,746 | | $ | 6,773 | | $ | (76,519 | ) | $ | 36,631 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss from discontinued operations | | | 66 | | | 474 | | | — | | | — | | | 540 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 28,143 | | | 45,699 | | | 682 | | | (373 | ) | | 74,151 | |
Amortization of deferred gain from asset sales | | | (4,202 | ) | | (8,773 | ) | | — | | | 373 | | | (12,602 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | | 3,497 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 3,497 | |
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries | | | (76,519 | ) | | — | | | — | | | 76,519 | | | — | |
Loss on debt retirement | | | 200 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 200 | |
Deferred income taxes | | | 11,918 | | | 6,328 | | | 326 | | | — | | | 18,572 | |
Gain from disposition of assets | | | (1,873 | ) | | (594 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (2,467 | ) |
Loss from asset impairments | | | 970 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 970 | |
Dividends received from subsidiary | | | 2,466 | | | — | | | — | | | (2,466 | ) | | — | |
Other | | | (272 | ) | | (207 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (479 | ) |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other | | | 6,322 | | | (1,359 | ) | | 2,110 | | | (13 | ) | | 7,060 | |
Increase in merchandise inventories | | | (2,748 | ) | | (2,536 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (5,284 | ) |
Increase in accounts payable | | | 7,466 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 7,466 | |
(Decrease) in accrued expenses | | | (2,210 | ) | | (435 | ) | | (5,762 | ) | | 13 | | | (8,394 | ) |
Increase (decrease) in other long-term liabilities | | | 1,694 | | | (2,894 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (1,200 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations | | | 11,549 | | | 105,449 | | | 4,129 | | | (2,466 | ) | | 118,661 | |
Net cash used in discontinued operations | | | (64 | ) | | (1,402 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (1,466 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | | | 11,485 | | | 104,047 | | | 4,129 | | | (2,466 | ) | | 117,195 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash paid for property and equipment | | | (33,182 | ) | | (37,070 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (70,252 | ) |
Proceeds from disposition of assets | | | 2,957 | | | 4,558 | | | — | | | — | | | 7,515 | |
Acquisitions, net of cash received. | | | (288 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (288 | ) |
Collateral investments | | | (9,638 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (9,638 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in continuing operations | | | (40,151 | ) | | (32,512 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (72,663 | ) |
Net cash provided by discontinued operations | | | — | | | 569 | | | — | | | — | | | 569 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in investing activities | | | (40,151 | ) | | (31,943 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (72,094 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Borrowings under line of credit agreements | | | 7,606 | | | 14,189 | | | — | | | — | | | 21,795 | |
Payments under line of credit agreements | | | (7,606 | ) | | (14,189 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (21,795 | ) |
Borrowings on trade payable program liability | | | 121,824 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 121,824 | |
Payments on trade payable program liability | | | (99,636 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (99,636 | ) |
Debt payments | | | (11,279 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (11,279 | ) |
Intercompany borrowings (payments) | | | 34,921 | | | (39,604 | ) | | 4,683 | | | — | | | — | |
Dividends paid | | | (6,323 | ) | | — | | | (2,466 | ) | | 2,466 | | | (6,323 | ) |
Other | | | 1,227 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 1,227 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | | | 40,734 | | | (39,604 | ) | | 2,217 | | | 2,466 | | | 5,813 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net increase in cash | | | 12,068 | | | 32,500 | | | 6,346 | | | — | | | 50,914 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | | | 25,844 | | | 10,279 | | | 3,203 | | | — | | | 39,326 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | | $ | 37,912 | | $ | 42,779 | | $ | 9,549 | | $ | — | | $ | 90,240 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
83
Table of Contents
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years ended January 29, 2011, January 30, 2010 and January 31, 2009
NOTE 20—SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR INFORMATION (Continued)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(dollar amounts in thousands) January 30, 2010 | | Pep Boys | | Subsidiary Guarantors | | Subsidiary Non- Guarantors | | Consolidation Elimination | | Consolidated | |
---|
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings (loss) | | $ | 23,036 | | $ | 53,582 | | $ | 4,743 | | $ | (58,325 | ) | $ | 23,036 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss from discontinued operations | | | 37 | | | 1,040 | | | — | | | — | | | 1,077 | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 25,405 | | | 44,815 | | | 682 | | | (373 | ) | | 70,529 | |
Amortization of deferred gain from asset sales | | | (4,078 | ) | | (8,620 | ) | | — | | | 373 | | | (12,325 | ) |
Stock compensation expense | | | 2,575 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 2,575 | |
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries | | | (58,325 | ) | | — | | | — | | | 58,325 | | | — | |
Gain on debt retirement | | | (6,248 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (6,248 | ) |
Deferred income taxes | | | 2,919 | | | 10,147 | | | 380 | | | — | | | 13,446 | |
Gain from disposition of assets | | | (886 | ) | | (327 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (1,213 | ) |
Loss from asset impairments | | | 785 | | | 2,099 | | | — | | | — | | | 2,884 | |
Dividends received from subsidiary | | | 2,467 | | | — | | | — | | | (2,467 | ) | | — | |
Other | | | 204 | | | 141 | | | — | | | — | | | 345 | |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other | | | 8,232 | | | 520 | | | (957 | ) | | (620 | ) | | 7,175 | |
Decrease in merchandise inventories | | | 5,216 | | | 1,823 | | | — | | | — | | | 7,039 | |
Decrease in accounts payable | | | (9,640 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (9,640 | ) |
Decrease in accrued expenses | | | (5,303 | ) | | (5,999 | ) | | (2,556 | ) | | 620 | | | (13,238 | ) |
(Decrease) increase in other long-term liabilities | | | (790 | ) | | 3,174 | | | — | | | — | | | 2,384 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash (used in) provided by continuing operations | | | (14,394 | ) | | 102,395 | | | 2,292 | | | (2,467 | ) | | 87,826 | |
Net cash used in discontinued operations | | | (37 | ) | | (566 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (603 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | | | (14,431 | ) | | 101,829 | | | 2,292 | | | (2,467 | ) | | 87,223 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash paid for property and equipment | | | (18,132 | ) | | (25,082 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (43,214 | ) |
Proceeds from disposition of assets | | | 4,845 | | | 9,931 | | | — | | | — | | | 14,776 | |
Acquisition of Florida Tire, Inc. | | | (2,695 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (2,695 | ) |
Other | | | (500 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (500 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in continuing operations | | | (16,482 | ) | | (15,151 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (31,633 | ) |
Net cash provided by discontinued operations | | | — | | | 1,762 | | | — | | | — | | | 1,762 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in investing activities | | | (16,482 | ) | | (13,389 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (29,871 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Borrowings under line of credit agreements | | | 88,237 | | | 161,467 | | | — | | | — | | | 249,704 | |
Payments under line of credit agreements | | | (96,669 | ) | | (176,897 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (273,566 | ) |
Borrowings on trade payable program liability | | | 102,042 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 102,042 | |
Payments on trade payable program liability | | | (99,873 | ) | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (99,873 | ) |
Debt payments | | | (11,930 | ) | | (60 | ) | | — | | | — | | | (11,990 | ) |
Intercompany borrowings (payments) | | | 67,872 | | | (69,064 | ) | | 1,192 | | | — | | | — | |
Dividends paid | | | (6,286 | ) | | — | | | (2,467 | ) | | 2,467 | | | (6,286 | ) |
Other | | | 611 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 611 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | | | 44,004 | | | (84,554 | ) | | (1,275 | ) | | 2,467 | | | (39,358 | ) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Net increase in cash | | | 13,091 | | | 3,886 | | | 1,017 | | | — | | | 17,994 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | | | 12,753 | | | 6,393 | | | 2,186 | | | — | | | 21,332 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | | $ | 25,844 | | $ | 10,279 | | $ | 3,203 | | $ | — | | $ | 39,326 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
84
Table of Contents
ITEM 9 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The term disclosure controls and procedures means controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company's management, with the participation of the Company's chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report were effective in providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There were no changes to the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended January 28, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company's principal executive officer and principal financial officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
85
Table of Contents
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012 based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management determined that the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012 was effective.
Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company's independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report, which is included on page 87 herein, on the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012.
86
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of January 28, 2012, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2012, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012 of the Company and our report dated April 11, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 11, 2012
87
Table of Contents
ITEM 9B OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10 DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Our Board of Directors currently consists of nine members, eight non-management directors and our President & Chief Executive Officer.
| | | | |
Jane Scaccetti | | Director since 2002 | | |
Ms. Scaccetti, 58, a CPA, is the Chief Executive Officer of Drucker & Scaccetti PC, a public accounting and business advisory firm, of which she has a been a principal since 1990. During the past five years, Ms. Scaccetti served as a director of Di Giorgio Corporation and Nutrition Management Services Company. Ms. Scaccetti's financial expertise, public-company director experience, familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through her tenure as a Director and diversity were the primary qualifications resulting in her nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
John T. Sweetwood | | Director since 2002 | | |
Mr. Sweetwood, 64, is a principal and the President of Woods Investment, LLC, a private real estate investment firm. From 1995 through 2002, Mr. Sweetwood served as an officer, and ultimately as President of The Americas, of Six Continents Hotels (currently, Intercontinental Hotels Group), a division of Six Continents PLC (currently IHG PLC) that operates hotels under the InterContinental, Crown Plaza, Holiday Inn and other brands. Mr. Sweetwood's marketing and service industry expertise, together with his familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through his tenure as a Director were the primary qualifications resulting in his nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
M. Shân Atkins | | Director since 2004 | | |
Ms. Atkins, 55, a CPA and Chartered Accountant, is Managing Director of Chetrum Capital LLC, a private investment firm. From 1996 through 2001, Ms. Atkins served as an officer, and ultimately as Executive Vice President—Strategic Initiatives, of Sears Roebuck & Co. Ms. Atkins currently serves as a director of Shoppers Drug Mart Corporation, Spartan Stores, Inc. and Tim Hortons Inc. Ms. Atkins' retail industry, operations, strategic planning and financial expertise, public-company director experience, familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through her tenure as a Director and diversity were the primary qualifications resulting in her nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
Robert H. Hotz | | Director since 2005 | | Chairman of the Board since September 2011 |
Mr. Hotz, 67, is Senior Managing Director, Co-Head of Investment Banking, a member of the Operating Committee and Co-Chairman of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin, Inc, where he has been employed since 2002. Mr. Hotz currently serves as a director of Universal Health Services, Inc. Mr. Hotz' financial, M&A and regulatory expertise, public-company director experience and familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through his tenure as a Director were the primary qualifications resulting in his nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
James A. Mitarotonda | | Director since August 2006 | | |
Mr. Mitarotonda, 57, is the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Barington Capital Group, L.P., an investment firm that he co-founded in 1991. Mr. Mitarotonda served
88
Table of Contents
as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Dynabazaar, Inc. from May 2006 until April 2007 and January 2004 until December 2004. Mr. Mitarotonda also served as the Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman of L Q Corporation, Inc. from April 2003 until May 2004 and as its sole Chief Executive Officer from May 2004 until October 2004. Mr. Mitarotonda currently serves as a director of A. Schulman, Inc., Griffon Corporation and Gerber Scientific, Inc. and, during the past five years, served as a director of Sielox, Inc. (formerly Dynabazaar, Inc.) and L Q Corporation, Inc. Mr. Mitarotonda's status as a significant shareholder, financial and corporate governance expertise, experiences as a chief executive officer, public-company director experience and familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through his tenure as a Director and former Chairman of the Board were the primary qualifications resulting in his nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
Nick White | | Director since August 2006 | | |
Mr. White, 67, is President and Chief Executive Officer of White & Associates, a management consulting firm that he founded in 2000. From 1973 through 2000, Mr. White held numerous executive and management level positions with Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., including Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Supercenter division from 1990 to 2000 and Executive Vice President and General Manager of Sam's Wholesale Club from 1985 through 1989. Mr. White currently serves as a director of Dillard's, Inc and, during the past five years, served as a director of Gold Toe Corporation, Oneida Ltd. and Playtex Products, Inc. Mr. White's retail industry, operations and merchandising expertise, public-company director experience and familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through his tenure as a Director were the primary qualifications resulting in his nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
James A. Williams | | Director since August 2006 | | |
Mr. Williams, 69, is the President & CEO of International Legwear Group, a sock and legwear manufacturer and marketer that he founded in September of 2010. In 2008, Mr. Williams retired from his position of Corporate President and Vice Chairman of GoldToeMoretz, LLC, the resultant parent company formed as a result of the merger of Gold Toe Brands, Inc. and Moretz Sports, Inc. in October 2006. From 1990 through October 2006, Mr. Williams served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Gold Toe Brands, Inc., the largest branded sock manufacturer in the United States. During the past five years, Mr. Williams served as a director of Gold Toe Corporation. Mr. Williams' experiences as a chief executive officer, supply chain and financial expertise, public-company director experience and familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through his tenure as a Director were the primary qualifications resulting in his nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
Irvin D. Reid | | Director since December 2007 | | |
Dr. Reid, 71, is the President Emeritus and Eugene Applebaum Professor, Community Engagement, at Wayne State University, an urban research university located in Detroit, Michigan and served two three-year terms on the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (Detroit Branch). Mr. Reid currently serves as a director of A. Schulman, Inc. and Mack-Cali Realty Corporation and, during the past five years, served as a director of Handleman Corporation. Mr. Reid's financial and regulatory expertise, public-company director experience, familiarity with Pep Boys' business garnered through his tenure as a Director and diversity were the primary qualifications resulting in his nomination for re-election.
| | | | |
Michael R. Odell | | Director since July 2008 | | |
Mr. Odell, 48, has been our Chief Executive Officer since September 22, 2008, and was designated with the additional title of President in June 2010. He joined Pep Boys in September 2007 as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer, after having most recently served as the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Sears Retail & Specialty Stores. Mr. Odell joined Sears in its
89
Table of Contents
finance department in 1994 where he served until he joined Sears operations team in 1998. There he served in various executive operations positions of increasing seniority, including as Vice President, Stores—Sears Automotive Group. Mr. Odell's position as our President & Chief Executive Officer and his automotive aftermarket, retail industry, service industry, operations and financial expertise were the primary qualifications resulting in his nomination for re-election.
Each of Messrs. Mitarotonda, Reid, White and Williams was originally appointed to the Board pursuant to the terms of an agreement between the Company and a group of investors led by Barington Capital Group, L.P. Such agreement has since expired.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table indicates the name, age, tenure with the Company and position (together with the year of election to such position) of the executive officers of the Company:
| | | | | | | |
Name | | Age | | Tenure with Company as of April 2012 | | Position with the Company and Date of Election to Position |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 48 | | 5 years | | President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2010 |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 53 | | 4 years | | Executive Vice President—Chief Financial Officer since May 2008 |
William E. Shull III | | | 53 | | 4 years | | Executive Vice President—Stores since June 2010 |
Scott A. Webb | | | 48 | | 5 years | | Executive Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing since June 2010 |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 53 | | 35 years | | Senior Vice President—Business Development since November 2007 |
Troy E. Fee | | | 43 | | 5 years | | Senior Vice President—Human Resources since July 2007 |
Brian D. Zuckerman | | | 42 | | 13 years | | Senior Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary since March 2009 |
Michael R. Odell was named Chief Executive Officer on September 22, 2008, after serving as Interim Chief Executive Officer since April 23, 2008. Mr. Odell received the additional title of President on June 17, 2010. Mr. Odell joined the Company in September 2007 as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer, after having most recently served as the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Sears Retail & Specialty Stores. Mr. Odell joined Sears in its finance department in 1994 where he served until he joined Sears operations team in 1998. There he served in various executive operations positions of increasing seniority, including as Vice President, Stores—Sears Automotive Group.
Raymond L. Arthur joined Pep Boys in May 2008 after serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Toys "R" Us Inc., from 2004 to 2006, where he oversaw its strategic review and restructuring of company-wide operations, as well as managing the leveraged buy-out of the company. During his seven year tenure at Toys "R" Us, Mr. Arthur also served as President and Chief Financial Officer of toysrus.com from 2000 to 2003 and as Corporate Controller of Toys "R" Us from 1999 to 2000. Prior to that, he worked in a variety of roles of increasing responsibility for General Signal, American Home Products, American Cyanamid and in public accounting.
William E. Shull III was named Executive Vice President—Stores on June 17, 2010 after having joined the Company in September 2008 as Senior Vice President—Stores. Over the last 25 years Mr. Shull has held several senior management positions with a variety of retailer and service companies where his focus was on building and integrating store management teams into successfully profitable and cohesive units. In his 13 years at AutoZone he was instrumental in building the foundation of the retail chain in 4 geographic regions and responsible for store communications, training, and served on several strategic initiative committees.
90
Table of Contents
Scott A. Webb was named Executive Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing on June 17, 2010 after having joined the Company in September 2007 as Senior Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing. Prior to joining Pep Boys, Mr. Webb served as the Vice President, Merchandising and Customer Satisfaction of AutoZone. Mr. Webb joined AutoZone in 1986 where he began his service in field management before transitioning, in 1992, to the Merchandising function.
Joseph A. Cirelli was named Senior Vice President—Corporate Development in November 2007. Since March 1977, Mr. Cirelli has served the Company in positions of increasing seniority, including Senior Vice President—Service, Vice President—Real Estate and Development, Vice President—Operations Administration, and Vice President—Customer Satisfaction.
Troy E. Fee, Senior Vice President—Human Resources, joined the Company in July 2007, after having most recently served as the Senior Vice President of Human Resources Shared Services for TBC Corporation, then the parent company of Big O Tires, Tire Kingdom and National Tire & Battery. Mr. Fee has over 20 years experience in operations and human resources in the tire and automotive service and repair business.
Brian D. Zuckerman was named Senior Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary on March 1, 2009 after having most recently served as Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary since 2003. Mr. Zuckerman joined the Company as a staff attorney in 1999. Prior to joining Pep Boys, Mr. Zuckerman practiced corporate and securities law with two firms in Philadelphia.
Each of the executive officers serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our directors, executive officers and 10% holders to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of Pep Boys Stock. Based solely upon a review of copies of such reports, we believe that during fiscal 2011, our directors, executive officers and 10% Holders complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to all of its associates including its executive officers. The Code of Ethics, together with any amendments thereto or waivers thereof, are posted on the Company's website www.pepboys.com under the "Investor Relations—Corporate Governance" section.
In addition, the Board of Directors Code of Conduct and the charters of our audit, human resources and nominating and governance committees may also be found under the "Investor Relations—Corporate Governance" section of our website. As required by the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), promptly following our 2011 Annual Meeting, our Chief Executive Officer certified to the NYSE that he was not aware of any violation by Pep Boys of NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Copies of our corporate governance materials are available free of charge from our investor relations department. Please call 215-430-9459 or write Pep Boys, Investor Relations, 3111 West Allegheny Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19132.
Diversity. While the Board has not adopted a formal diversity policy, in accordance with the Board's Code of Conduct, the Nominating and Governance Committee annually reviews with the full Board, the appropriate skills and characteristics required of Directors and nominees in the context of the current make-up of the Board, including diversity of age, gender, ethnicity and personal experiences.
Independence. An independent director is independent from management and free from any relationship with Pep Boys that, in the opinion of the Board, would interfere in the exercise of
91
Table of Contents
independent judgment as a director. In reaching such an opinion, the Board considers, among other factors, the guidelines for independent directors promulgated by the NYSE. The independence of the outside directors is reviewed annually by the full Board. In accordance with NYSE guidelines, our Board consists of a majority of independent directors. In fact, all of our current directors, except our President & Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Odell, are independent. All Committees of the Board consist entirely of independent directors.
Executive Sessions of the Independent Directors. Our non-executive Chairman, Mr. Hotz, presides over all such sessions, which are held, at a minimum, immediately following all regularly scheduled Board meetings.
Board Leadership Structure and Role in Risk Oversight. Pep Boys currently separates the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Given the relatively short tenure of both our current Chairman of the Board and President & Chief Executive Officer, the Board believes that the separation of these roles currently allows the President & Chief Executive Officer to focus his efforts primarily on the successful short and long-term operations of the Company for the benefit of all its constituents, while allowing the Chairman of the Board to manage the operation of the Board in its oversight of the President & Chief Executive Officer and Pep Boys' strategic direction.
Pep Boys has adopted an enterprise risk oversight program pursuant to which management, lead by Pep Boys' Chief Financial Officer and General Counsel, together with the Audit Committee identifies the most significant risks faced by the Company. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the status of these risks and the Company's mitigation efforts against them, which are reporting in writing to the full Board and discussed in detail with the Audit Committee and in summary fashion with the full Board.
Compensation Policies and Practices Risk. In connection with its annual review of Pep Boys' compensation policies and practices, our Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, together with senior management and the Compensation Committee's independent executive compensation consultant, considered whether any of our compensation policies and practices has the potential to create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Pep Boys. The Compensation Committee considered the risk profile of our business and the design and structure of our compensation policies and practices. We concluded that the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Pep Boys based on the following:
- •
- Pep Boys is not engaged in speculative activities that have the potential for creating unusual gains or losses.
- •
- Our base salaries, retirement benefits, perquisites and generally available benefit programs create little, if any, risk to Pep Boys.
- •
- Except as provided below, all of our management employees who receive short-term incentive-based compensation do so pursuant to the terms of our shareholder approved Annual Incentive Bonus Plan. The bonus targets under such plan for Officers are entirely based, and for middle-management are primarily based, upon the achievement of stated corporate-level financial objectives, which are in alignment with our overall business plan. In particular, we do not place disproportionate weight on any one metric, do not include an inordinate amount of metrics, reasonably leverage the selected metrics and employ features to mitigate risks, including limitations on annual cash payouts. Accordingly, we do not believe that the structure of the Annual Incentive Bonus Plan encourages associates to take risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Pep Boys. (The aforementioned exception is for store level associates who have a separate bonus program and whose bonus compensation, individually or in the aggregate, is of an amount that creates little, if any, risk to Pep Boys.)
92
Table of Contents
- •
- Our long-term incentive-based compensation is granted in the form of equity awards, which are subject to time-based and performance-based vesting that is aligned to our corporate objective of creating value for our shareholders. The nature of such awards discourages short-term risk taking. In addition, our officers are subject to share ownership guidelines requiring them to be invested in our future performance.
- •
- We believe that our mix of fixed compensation and "at risk" compensation does not encourage inappropriate risk-taking by our associates.
Personal Loans to Executive Officers and Directors. Pep Boys has no personal loans extended to its executive officers or directors.
Director Attendance at the Annual Meeting. All Board members are strongly encouraged to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders. All nominees then standing for election attended the 2011 Annual Meeting.
Communicating with the Board of Directors. Interested parties should address all communications to the full Board or an individual director to the attention of our corporate Secretary. Our corporate Secretary reviews all such communications to determine if they are related to specific products or services, are solicitations or otherwise relate to improper or irrelevant topics. All such improper communications receive a response in due course. Any communication directed to an individual director relating solely to a matter involving such director is forwarded to such director. Any communication directed to an individual director relating to a matter involving both such director and Pep Boys or the Board of Directors, as a whole, is forwarded to such director and the Chairman of the Board. The balance of the communications are forwarded to the Chairman of the Board. Except for improper communications, all interested party communications to the Board of Directors or an individual director received by the corporate Secretary are kept in confidence from management. These procedures were adopted unanimously by the independent directors.
Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors
The Audit Committee reviews Pep Boys' financial statements and makes recommendations to the full Board of Directors on matters concerning the audits of Pep Boys' books and records. Each committee member is "independent" as defined by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Ms. Scaccetti (chair), Mr. Hotz, Mr. Reid and Mr. Williams are the current members of the Audit Committee. Ms. Scaccetti has been designated by the full Board as an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined by SEC regulations. A written charter adopted by the full Board governs the activities of the Audit Committee. The charter is reviewed, and when necessary revised, annually.
Management has primary responsibility for Pep Boys' internal accounting controls and financial reporting process. The independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for performing an independent audit of Pep Boys' consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and to issue a report as a result of such audits. The Audit Committee's responsibility is to monitor and oversee these processes. The Audit Committee serves as a focal point for communication among the Board of Directors and its committees, the independent registered public accounting firm, management and Pep Boys' internal audit function, as the respective duties of such groups, or their constituent members, relate to Pep Boys' financial accounting and reporting and to its internal controls.
In this context, the Audit Committee reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm. These discussions included the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, as amended and adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (Communication with Audit Committees). The Audit Committee also reviewed and discussed with management, the internal auditors and the independent registered public accounting firm, management's report, and the
93
Table of Contents
independent registered public accounting firm's attestation, on internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
The Audit Committee also discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm its independence from Pep Boys and its management, including the written disclosures submitted to the Audit Committee by the independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
Based upon the discussions and reviews referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended that the Board of Directors include the audited consolidated financial statements and management's report on internal control over financial reporting in Pep Boys' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012 filed with the SEC.
This report is submitted by: Jane Scaccetti; Robert H. Hotz; Irvin D. Reid; and James A. Williams.
ITEM 11 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
NON-MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS
Cash Retainer. Each non-management director (other than the Chairman of the Board) receives an annual cash retainer of $35,000. Our Chairman of the Board receives an annual cash retainer of $100,000.
Committee Compensation. Directors serving on our committees also receive the following annual cash fees.
| | | | | | | |
| | Chair | | Member | |
---|
Audit | | $ | 20,000 | | $ | 12,000 | |
Compensation | | $ | 15,000 | | $ | 7,500 | |
Nominating and Governance | | $ | 10,000 | | $ | 5,000 | |
Operating Efficiency | | $ | 10,000 | | $ | 5,000 | |
Equity Grants. The 2009 Stock Incentive Plan provides for an annual equity grant having an aggregate value of $55,000 to non-management directors. The Stock Incentive Plan is administered, interpreted and implemented by the Compensation Committee.
The following table details the compensation paid to non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012.
Director Compensation Table
| | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) | | Equity Awards ($) | | Total ($) | |
---|
M. Shân Atkins | | | 55,000 | | | 55,000 | | | 110,000 | |
Robert H. Hotz | | | 62,125 | | | 55,000 | | | 117,125 | |
James A. Mitarotonda | | | 47,500 | | | 55,000 | | | 102,500 | |
Irvin D. Reid | | | 49,500 | | | 55,000 | | | 104,500 | |
Jane Scaccetti | | | 60,000 | | | 55,000 | | | 115,000 | |
John T. Sweetwood | | | 50,000 | | | 55,000 | | | 105,000 | |
Nick White | | | 45,000 | | | 55,000 | | | 100,000 | |
James A. Williams | | | 52,000 | | | 55,000 | | | 107,000 | |
Max L. Lukens(1) | | | 75,000 | | | 55,000 | | | 130,000 | |
- (1)
- Mr. Lukens resigned from the Board and his position as Chairman of the Board for personal reasons on September 10, 2011
94
Table of Contents
Share Ownership Guidelines. Each of our non-employee directors is expected to hold shares equal to 4x the annual cash retainer (i.e. $140,000). The share ownership levels may be satisfied through direct share ownership and/or by holding unvested time-based RSUs and vested "in the money" stock options. Non-employee directors have five years from their appointment to the Board to achieve their expected ownership level. If in a shortfall position, (i) a non-employee director may not sell Pep Boys Stock and (ii) all net after-tax shares acquired upon the exercise of stock options must be retained. All of our non-employee directors are currently in compliance with our share ownership guidelines.
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
In this section, we discuss and analyze Pep Boys' executive compensation program, which we believe links pay to financial results and allows us to attract and retain a highly experienced and successful management team.
The Company provides its shareholders with the opportunity to cast an annual advisory vote on executive compensation (a "say-on-pay proposal"). At the Company's annual meeting of shareholders held in June 2011, 97% of the votes cast on the say-on-pay proposal at that meeting were voted in favor of the Company's executive compensation for 2010. The Compensation Committee believes this affirms shareholders' support of the Company's approach to executive compensation. In light of the voting results, the Committee did not materially change its approach in 2011. The Compensation Committee will continue to consider the outcome of advisory votes on the Company's say-on-pay proposals when making future compensation decisions for the named executive officers.
Pay for Performance. Our financial performance in fiscal 2011 was disappointing. While we grew our top line revenues, due largely to our opening of 119 Service & Tire Centers, we failed to improve our profitability over the levels achieved in fiscal 2010. These disappointing results were reflected in our executive officers' compensation, which is heavily weighted towards performance. Because we failed to achieve the majority of the targets set forth under our annual incentive bonus plan, our executive officers fiscal 2011 bonuses were paid at only 14.7% of target. In addition, no named executive officer received Company contributions to their retirement plans (neither the Account Plan nor Savings Plan). As a result our named executive officers total compensation in fiscal 2011 was, on average, 40% less than in fiscal 2010. Also, 60% of the long-term incentive awards made under our Stock Incentive Plan in fiscal 2011 require the Company to achieve specified thresholds of return on invested capital and total shareholder return in fiscal 2014 in order to deliver any value to our executives. The 40% balance of the long-term incentive awards granted in fiscal 2011 were in the form of stock options, which are also performance-based since they require appreciation in the Company's per share stock price in order to deliver value to our executives.
Of the components comprising our executive compensation program, the percentage mix between "at-risk" and fixed compensation (excluding health and welfare benefits), at target levels, for each of our named executive officers is set forth in the following table. "At-risk" compensation is only earned and paid if pre-established performance levels are achieved.
| | | | | | | |
Name | | "At-Risk" | | Fixed | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 73 | % | | 27 | % |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 63 | % | | 37 | % |
William E. Shull III | | | 61 | % | | 39 | % |
Scott A. Webb | | | 63 | % | | 37 | % |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 46 | % | | 54 | % |
95
Table of Contents
Pep Boys' executive compensation program is designed to:
- •
- Enable Pep Boys to attract, retain, and motivate key executives who are critical for current and long-term success;
- •
- Provide targeted compensation levels which are competitive with our customized peer group (discussed below) as to base salary, annual incentives and long-term incentives, and which are reflective of current and/or expected future company performance levels;
- •
- Support Pep Boys' long-range business strategy;
- •
- Establish a clear linkage between individual performance objectives and corporate or business unit financial performance objectives; and
- •
- Align executive compensation with shareholder interests by linking long-term incentives to increasing shareholder value, utilizing performance metrics where appropriate.
The Compensation Committee has also adopted the following more specific guidelines in formulating the detailed elements of Pep Boys' executive compensation program:
- •
- Short term incentives will be structured in a manner which gives primary emphasis to meeting or exceeding the company's annual financial objectives;
- •
- Long-term incentives will be designed to reward performance over a multi-year time frame, with vesting of awards to occur over a corresponding time period;
At the discretion of the Compensation Committee,
- •
- Payout on anyshort term incentive component may be made contingent upon achievement of the annual budget. This decision will be made annually, when targets are set for the ensuing year;
- •
- If thelong-term incentive plan includes more than one performance dimension, achievement of target on any one element may be treated as a prerequisite to payout on other goals (i.e. as a 'qualifier'), whether or not threshold performance is achieved on those other dimensions;
- •
- The Compensation Committee believes that requiring achievement of full target performance in order to trigger any payout under the annual incentive plan is generally inappropriate due to the risk of incenting poor decision making at the margin. The Compensation Committee will annually set a "threshold" performance level which is below the target objective, at which point some amount of incentive compensation will be paid;
- •
- From time to time the Compensation Committee may decide to grant a discretionary, individual short or long term incentive award based on a specific individual's performance;
- •
- In the spirit of encouraging over-performance against annual targets, performance above target may be rewarded disproportionately; i.e. marginal rewards for over-performance may exceed the marginal penalty for under-performance; and
- •
- All payouts are subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee even if targets are achieved.
Peer Group.
In order to maintain a competitive total compensation program, Pep Boys compares itself with a custom peer group comprising key competitors in the automotive service and retail business, as well as
96
Table of Contents
comparably-sized companies in the broader hardlines retail industry. The peer group is reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee, together with its compensation consultant, to ensure that it remains relevant. The current peer group includes: Aarons, Advance Auto Parts, Autozone, Big 5 Sporting Goods, Cabela's, Conn's, Dick's Sporting Goods, hhgregg, Midas, Monro Muffler & Brake, O'Reilly Automotive, PetSmart, RadioShack, Rent-A-Center, Tractor Supply and West Marine. In some cases, Pep Boys analyzes competitive pay practices in the general industry for positions where incumbents may typically be recruited from outside of the hardlines retailing sector.
The Compensation Process.
For fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee recommended to the full Board the annual total compensation levels for all of the named executive officers (other than the President & Chief Executive Officer), based on recommendations made by the President & Chief Executive Officer and the Senior Vice President—Human Resources, and in consultation with Pay Governance, the Compensation Committee's compensation consultant. The Compensation Committee recommended to the full Board the annual total compensation level for the President & Chief Executive Officer after consulting with Pay Governance. Our CEO was not involved in formulating recommendations as to his own compensation.
To arrive at its recommendations for compensation to be paid to our CEO and other named executive officers, the chair of the Compensation Committee scheduled and developed the agenda for committee meetings in consultation with the Senior Vice President—Human Resources. The Senior Vice President—Human Resources was responsible for developing appropriate materials for the Compensation Committee's review and consideration and for reviewing these materials and recommendations with the chair of the Compensation Committee and Pay Governance prior to their presentation to the Compensation Committee. Our President & Chief Executive Officer was principally responsible for recommendations made to the Compensation Committee with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers (other than himself) and other officers of the corporation. The Compensation Committee considered, but was not bound to and did not always accept, management's recommendations with respect to executive compensation. The President & Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President—Human Resources and Senior Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary attended all committee meetings, excluding portions of meetings where their own compensation was discussed, and excluding the regular executive sessions held at the conclusion of each meeting of the Committee.
In connection with establishing compensation levels for fiscal 2011, Pay Governance advised the Compensation Committee on the then-current competitiveness of our program design and award values. Representatives of Pay Governance regularly attended committee meetings and also communicated with the chair of the Compensation Committee outside of meetings. Pay Governance worked with management (including the President & Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President—Human Resources and Senior Vice President—General Counsel & Secretary) from time-to-time for purposes of gathering information and reviewing and providing input to management on recommendations, proposals and materials that management presented to the Compensation Committee. Pay Governance was engaged directly by the Compensation Committee and did not provide any additional services to the Company in fiscal 2011.
The Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors consider our overall compensation levels for the named executive officers to be reasonable and appropriate and believe that our executive compensation program achieves the objectives outlined at the beginning of this summary.
97
Table of Contents
The compensation provided to the executives listed in the Summary Compensation Table, whom we refer to as our named executive officers, consists of base salaries, short-term cash incentives, long-term equity incentives, retirement plan contributions and health and welfare benefits.
Base Salary. The Compensation Committee reviews base salaries annually to reflect the experience, performance and scope of responsibility of the named executive officers and to ensure that the salaries are appropriate to retain high quality individuals. The full Board measures the President & Chief Executive Officer's individual performance during the applicable fiscal year in the areas of strategic planning and execution, leadership, financial results, management development and succession planning, key stakeholder focus, ethics and Board relations, based upon individual assessments completed by each Director. The Compensation Committee reviews the President & Chief Executive Officer's assessments of each other named executive officer's individual performance during the applicable fiscal year in the areas of core and positional competencies. Salary adjustments are then made taking into account the performance assessment, the relative position of the named executive officers current salary within the market range for his position and the budgeted percentage increase for all officers as a group. For fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the full Board approved, adjustments to each of the named executive officers' base salaries, to reflect each executive's performance in fiscal 2010 and to more closely align each executive's salary with the market range for such executive's position. Messrs. Odell, Arthur, Shull, Webb and Cirelli received increases of 1.5%, 3.3%, 6.7%, 10.3% and 1.3%, respectively. In addition, each named executive officer received an $8,000 increase to their base salary to reflect the after-tax value of the executive supplemental medical plan that was eliminated for fiscal 2011.
Short-Term Incentives. The named executive officers participate in our Annual Incentive Bonus Plan, which is a short-term incentive plan designed to reward the achievement of pre-established goals. In order to directly align our named executive officers' short-term incentive compensation with that of our overall performance, these pre-established goals consist entirely of corporate (as opposed to individual) objectives. For fiscal 2011, the named executive officers' annual short-term incentive opportunity was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| | % of Base Salary | |
| |
---|
Title | | Threshold | | Target | | Cash Cap(a) | | Maximum | |
---|
President & CEO | | | 50 | | | 100 | | | 150 | | | 200 | |
Executive Vice President | | | 37.5 | | | 75 | | | 112.5 | | | 150 | |
Senior Vice Presidents | | | 22.5 | | | 45 | | | 67.5 | | | 90 | |
- (a)
- Amounts achieved above the "cash cap" percentage up to the "maximum" percentage are earned and paid out over the subsequent three years, assuming the executive remains employed by the Company.
98
Table of Contents
For fiscal year 2011, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the full Board approved, the following objectives under the Annual Incentive Bonus Plan.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Objective | | Weighting (%) | | Threshold | | Target | | Cash Cap | | Maximum | |
---|
Pre-Tax Income(a) | | | 50 | | $ | 61,058 | | $ | 67,842 | | $ | 74,826 | | $ | 84,803 | |
Pre-Tax ROIC(b) | | | 25 | | | 11.1 | % | | 11.7 | % | | 12.5 | % | | 13.7 | % |
Total Revenue | | | 25 | | $ | 2,056,276,000 | | $ | 2,098,241,000 | | $ | 2,140,206,000 | | $ | 2,182,171,000 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | | | 100 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net Promotor Modifier(c): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Retail Score | | | | | | 76 | | | 79 | | | 82 | | | n/a | |
Adjustment Factor | | | | | | -5 | % | | 0 | | | +5 | % | | | |
Service Score | | | | | | 73 | | | 76 | | | 79 | | | n/a | |
Adjustment Factor | | | | | | -5 | % | | 0 | | | +5 | % | | | |
- (a)
- Calculated before unusual, non-operating gains and losses.
- (b)
- Pre-Tax Income (before unusual, non-operating gains and losses) divided by debt plus equity.
- (c)
- The calculated aggregate payout on the first three objectives may be increased or decreased by a factor up to 5% for each of Retail and Service Net Promoter scores—a customer satisfaction score that measures the likelihood of referring others to Pep Boys.
For fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee established target levels that it believed were achievable, but also substantially uncertain. The Compensation Committee retains full discretion to either award or withhold in its entirety, or to increase or decrease the amount of, short-term incentive plan compensation regardless of the attainment, or failure to attain, the relevant performance goal(s) (except that short-term incentive plan compensation cannot be increased in the case of compensation meant to qualify as "performance based" compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code).
For fiscal 2011 the Company achieved the following results against its corporate objectives (i) pre-tax income at $42,834,000, (ii) pre-tax return on invested capital at 8.7% and (iii) total revenue at $2,063,627,000. The Company replaced net promoter scores with a customer acquisition and retention metric during fiscal 2011, so accordingly, the net promoter modifier was removed from the annual incentive plan payout calculations. The Company's fiscal 2011 results resulted in an aggregate potential payout of 14.7% of target. Accordingly, for fiscal 2011, the Compensation Committee approved short-term incentive plan compensation (in accordance with the above referenced formula without any discretionary adjustment) for Mr. Odell at 14.7%, each of Messrs. Arthur, Shull and Webb at 11.0% and Mr. Cirelli at 6.6% of their respective 2011 annual salaries. Mr. Odell declined $30,000 of his incentive payment that he was otherwise entitled to receive, which amount, at Mr. Odell's request, was allocated to accounts set aside by Pep Boys to provide associates' children with educational scholarships and to provide hardship assistance to Pep Boys' associates.
Long-Term Incentives. We believe that compensation through equity grants directly aligns the interests of management with that of its shareholders. The Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, at exercise prices equal to the fair market value (the mean between and the high and low quoted selling prices) of Pep Boys stock on the date of grant, and for the grant of restricted stock units.
For the fiscal 2011 equity grants, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the full Board approved, equity grants consisting of 40% time-based vesting stock options and 60% performance-based
99
Table of Contents
vesting restricted stock units (RSUs). Two-thirds of the 2011 RSUs are tied to the Company achieving at least a threshold return on invested capital and one-third are tied to achieving at least a threshold level of total shareholder return measured against our peer group. The Compensation Committee then established target grant values intended to be competitive at market median of our peer group. In fiscal 2011, on account of the Company's fiscal 2010 financial performance and the relative position of each named executive officer's total compensation to the market median of our peer group, the Compensation Committee recommended, and the full Board approved, the following equity grants.
| | | | | | | |
Title | | Target % of Base Salary | | 2011 Actual Grant as a % of Base Salary | |
---|
Odell | | | 125 | % | | 134 | % |
Arthur | | | 50 | % | | 48 | % |
Shull | | | 50 | % | | 50 | % |
Webb | | | 50 | % | | 50 | % |
Cirelli | | | 40 | % | | 37 | % |
Retirement Plans. We maintain The Pep Boys Savings Plan, which is a broad-based 401(k) plan. Participants make voluntary contributions to the savings plan, and we match 50% of the amounts contributed by participants under the savings plan, up to 6% of salary. Due to low levels of participation in the savings plan, the plan historically did not meet the non-discriminatory testing requirements under Internal Revenue Code regulations. As a result, the savings plan was required to make annual refunds of contributions made by our "highly compensated employees" (including the named executive officers) under the savings plan. Beginning in 2004, we limited our officers' contributions to the savings plan to 0.5% of their salary per year. Given this limitation, in order to assist our officers with their retirement savings, in fiscal 2004, we adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that allows participants to defer up to 20% of their annual salary and 100% of their annual bonus. To further encourage share ownership and more directly align the interests of management with that of its shareholders, the first 20% of an officer's bonus deferred into Pep Boys Stock is matched by us on a one-for-one basis with Pep Boys Stock that vests over three years.
In order to keep our executive compensation program competitive, we also maintain a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or SERP, known as our Account Plan. The Account Plan provides fixed annual contributions to a retirement account based upon the participant's age and then current compensation in accordance with the following:
| | | | |
If the Participant is... | | Annual contribution as a percentage of cash compensation (salary + short-term cash incentive) | |
---|
At least 55 years of age | | | 19 | % |
At least 45 years of age but not more than 54 years of age | | | 16 | % |
At least 40 years of age but not more than 44 years of age | | | 13 | % |
Not more than 39 years of age | | | 10 | % |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the first four years of a participant's employment, their contribution percentage is limited to 10%. As an inducement to hire Mr. Arthur, however, this limitation was waived.
In fiscal 2010, all named executive officers participated in the Account Plan.
In order to incent the achievement of incremental profitability, all Company contributions to the savings plan and Account Plan (on account of all associates, including the named executive officers) that would otherwise have been made during calendar 2011 were conditioned upon the Company's
100
Table of Contents
achievement of a level of pre-tax income in fiscal 2011, which exceeded 2010's level. Because this objective was not achieved, no calendar 2011 contributions were made.
Health and Welfare Benefits. As one element of a market-competitive compensation package, we also provide our named executive officers with health and welfare benefits, including medical and dental coverage, life insurance valued at one times salary, long term disability coverage and an auto allowance (the auto allowance is a grandfathered benefit no longer provided to newly- hired/appointed officers).
Employment Agreements. We have entered into Non-Competition and Change of Control Agreements with each of the named executive officers as described in "Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers" below. The purpose of our Non-Competition Agreements is to prevent our named executive officers from soliciting our employees or competing with us if they leave Pep Boys of their own volition. As consideration for such restrictive covenants, the Non-Competition Agreements provide for a severance payment to be made to a named executive officer if he is terminated by the Company without "cause." The purpose of the Change of Control Agreements is to provide an incentive for our officers to remain in our employment and continue to focus on the best interests of Pep Boys without regard to any possible change of control.
Recoupment Policy. We will seek to recover, at the direction of the Compensation Committee, all or a portion of any compensation awarded or paid to a current or former Officer during the prior three fiscal years year if (i) the amount of such compensation was based on the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws and (ii) a lower award or payment would have been made to the Officer based upon the restated financial results. If, however, the Compensation Committee determines that an Officer engaged in misconduct that resulted in the obligation to restate or knew or should have known of such misconduct and failed to take appropriate action, then we will seek to recover the related compensation regardless of the fiscal year in which it was paid.
Share Ownership Guidelines. Our officers are expected to hold shares equal to the following multiples of their annual salary: President & Chief Executive Officer 5x; Executive Vice President 3x; Senior Vice President 2x; and Vice President 1x. The share ownership levels may be satisfied through direct share ownership and/or by holding unvested time-based RSUs and vested "in the money" stock options. Officers have five years from the later of their appointment to their then current position or the establishment of a higher ownership threshold for their position (as described above) to achieve their expected ownership levels. If in a shortfall position, (i) an officer may not sell Pep Boys Stock, (ii) all net after-tax shares acquired upon the exercise of stock options or the vesting of RSUs must be retained and (iii) any short-term incentive award in excess of the "cash cap" level will be awarded in the form of RSUs. All of our named executive officers are currently in compliance with our share ownership guidelines.
Anti-hedging Policy. Our Officers and Directors are prohibited from entering into contracts, instruments or other transactions or purchasing securities (a) designed to hedge against their Company stock holdings or (b) that derive their value with or in relation to the price of a share of Company stock (except for transactions under Company stock plans).
Tax and Accounting Matters. We consider the tax and accounting impact of each type of compensation in determining the appropriate compensation structure. For tax purposes, annual compensation payable to the named executive officers generally must not exceed $1 million in the aggregate during any year to be fully deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Stock Incentive Plan is currently structured with the intention that stock option grants and perforamnce-based RSUs will qualify as "performance based" compensation that is not subject to the
101
Table of Contents
$1 million deduction limit under Section 162(m). In order to compete effectively for the acquisition and retention of top executive talent, we believe that we must have the flexibility to pay salary, bonus and other compensation that may not be fully deductible under Section 162(m). Accordingly, the Compensation Committee retains the authority to authorize payments that may not be deductible under Section 162(m) if it believes that such payments are in the best interests of Pep Boys and our shareholders. All compensation paid to the named executive officers in fiscal 2011 was fully deductible.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the fiscal 2011 compensation for Pep Boys' CEO, CFO and the three other executive officers that received the highest compensation in fiscal 2011. These executives are referred to herein as the "named executive officers." As explained in our Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the compensation provided to our named executive officers consists of base salaries, short-term cash incentives, long-term equity incentives, retirement plan contributions and heath and welfare benefits.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name and Principal Position | | Fiscal Year | | Salary ($) | | Stock Awards ($)(a) | | Option Awards ($)(b) | | Non- Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(c) | | All Other Compensation ($)(d) | | Total ($) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 2011 | | | 817,693 | | | 660,000 | | | 440,000 | | | 90,119 | | | 42,196 | | | 2,050,008 | |
CEO(e) | | | 2010 | | | 800,000 | | | 600,000 | | | 400,000 | | | 1,094,424 | | | 496,792 | | | 3,391,216 | |
| | | 2009 | | | 800,000 | | | — | | | 670,073 | | | 1,145,600 | | | 392,250 | | | 3,007,923 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 2011 | | | 521,731 | | | 150,000 | | | 100,000 | | | 57,482 | | | 29,016 | | | 858,229 | |
EVP—CFO | | | 2010 | | | 500,000 | | | 120,000 | | | 80,000 | | | 513,012 | | | 298,655 | | | 1,511,667 | |
| | | 2009 | | | 500,000 | | | — | | | 68,885 | | | 607,313 | | | 317,544 | | | 1,493,742 | |
William E. Shull III | | | 2011 | | | 345,769 | | | 105,000 | | | 70,000 | | | 38,095 | | | 21,880 | | | 580,744 | |
EVP—Stores(f) | | | 2010 | | | 320,000 | | | 96,000 | | | 64,000 | | | 284,550 | | | 157,520 | | | 922,070 | |
| | | 2009 | | | 320,000 | | | — | | | 68,885 | | | 233,208 | | | 104,414 | | | 726,507 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | 2011 | | | 441,923 | | | 135,000 | | | 90,000 | | | 48,689 | | | 19,745 | | | 735,357 | |
EVP—Merch. & | | | 2010 | | | 400,000 | | | 120,000 | | | 80,000 | | | 355,688 | | | 120,547 | | | 1,076,235 | |
Marketing(g) | | | 2009 | | | 400,000 | | | — | | | 68,885 | | | 291,510 | | | 71,181 | | | 831,576 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 2011 | | | 314,235 | | | 69,000 | | | 46,000 | | | 20,773 | | | 18,291 | | | 468,298 | |
SVP—Corporate | | | 2010 | | | 302,509 | | | 69,000 | | | 46,000 | | | 186,229 | | | 135,601 | | | 739,339 | |
Development | | | 2009 | | | 300,020 | | | — | | | 38,748 | | | 218,647 | | | 121,819 | | | 679,234 | |
- (a)
- Represents the grant date fair value calculated under ASC 718.
- (b)
- Represents the grant date fair value calculated under ASC 718.
- (c)
- Represents amounts earned under our Annual Incentive Compensation Plan in the year reported, that were paid, or payable but deferred at the executive officer's election, in the following fiscal year. For fiscal 2011, the amount reflected for Mr. Odell does not include $30,000 that he was otherwise entitled to receive, but declined. Such amount, at Mr. Odell's request, was allocated to an account set aside by Pep Boys to provide associates' children with educational scholarships and to provide hardship assistance to Pep Boys' associates.
102
Table of Contents
- (d)
- For fiscal 2011, consists of the following dollar amounts:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Odell | | Arthur | | Shull | | Webb | | Cirelli | |
---|
Contributed (company match) under our Deferred Compensation Plan | | | 24,024 | | | 11,496 | | | 7,619 | | | 4,869 | | | 4,155 | |
Paid as dividend equivalents on time-based vesting RSUs | | | 1,152 | | | 500 | | | 180 | | | 651 | | | 90 | |
Paid as an auto allowance | | | 16,000 | | | 16,000 | | | 13,500 | | | 13,500 | | | 13,500 | |
Representing group term life insurance premiums | | | 1,020 | | | 1,020 | | | 581 | | | 725 | | | 546 | |
- (e)
- Mr. Odell joined Pep Boys on September 17, 2007 as Executive Vice President—Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Odell was appointed interim Chief Executive Officer on May 24, 2008, permanent Chief Executive Officer on September 22, 2008 and President & Chief Executive Officer on June 17, 2010.
- (f)
- Mr. Shull joined Pep Boys on September 2, 2008 as Senior Vice President—Stores and was promoted to Executive Vice President—Stores on June 17, 2010.
- (g)
- Mr. Webb joined Pep Boys on September 10, 2007 as Senior Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing and was promoted to Executive Vice President—Merchandising & Marketing on June 17, 2010.
Grants of Plan Based Awards
The following table shows (i) potential payouts under our short-term incentive program assuming specified pre-established corporate objectives were achieved in fiscal 2011 and (ii) the customary annual equity grants made at the beginning of fiscal 2011 in respect of fiscal 2010 service.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| | All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) | | All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) | |
| | Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(b) | |
---|
| |
| | Estimated Potential Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(a) | | Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/Sh) | |
---|
Name | | Grant Date | | Threshold ($) | | Target ($) | | Cash Cap ($) | | Maximum ($) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | — | | | 410,000 | | | 820,000 | | | 1,230,000 | | | 1,640,000 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 81,331 | | | 12.30 | | | 440,000 | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 52,885 | | | — | | | — | | | 660,000 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | — | | | 196,875 | | | 393,750 | | | 590,625 | | | 787,500 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 18,484 | | | 12.30 | | | 100,000 | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 12,019 | | | — | | | — | | | 150,000 | |
William E. Shull III | | | — | | | 131,250 | | | 262,500 | | | 393,750 | | | 525,000 | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 12,939 | | | 12.30 | | | 70,000 | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 8,413 | | | — | | | — | | | 105,000 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | — | | | 168,750 | | | 337,500 | | | 506,250 | | | 675,000 | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 16,636 | | | 12.30 | | | 90,000 | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 10,817 | | | — | | | — | | | 135,000 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | — | | | 70,875 | | | 141,750 | | | 212,625 | | | 283,500 | | | | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 8,503 | | | 12.30 | | | 46,000 | |
| | | 03/29/11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 5,529 | | | — | | | — | | | 69,000 | |
- (a)
- These columns reflect threshold, target, cash cap and maximum amounts that were potentially payable under our Annual Incentive Bonus Plan to our named executive officers if certain corporate targets pre-established by our Compensation Committee were achieved in fiscal 2011. See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" for a full discussion of our Annual Incentive Bonus Plan and "Summary Compensation Table" for amounts actually earned in fiscal 2011.
- (b)
- Represents the grant-date fair value calculated under ASC 718.
103
Table of Contents
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table
The following table shows information regarding unexercised stock options and unvested RSUs held by the named executive officers as of January 28, 2012.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Option Awards | |
| |
| | Stock Awards | |
---|
Name | | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable | | Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable | | Option Exercise Price ($) | | Option Expiration Date | | Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) | | Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Yet Vested ($)(a) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 6,000 | | | 0 | | | 14.7750 | | | 9/17/2014 | | | ��� | | | — | |
| | | 10,000 | | | 0 | | | 12.0600 | | | 2/28/2015 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 266,666 | | | 133,334 | (b) | | 3.1200 | | | 2/26/2016 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 31,152 | | | 62,306 | (c) | | 10.2700 | | | 3/30/2017 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 0 | | | 81,331 | (d) | | 12.3000 | | | 3/29/2018 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 58,027 | (e) | | 700,966 | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 52,885 | (f) | | 638,851 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 100,000 | | | 0 | | | 9.0950 | | | 5/01/2015 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 26,667 | | | 13,333 | (b) | | 3.1200 | | | 2/26/2016 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 6,230 | | | 12,462 | (c) | | 10.2700 | | | 3/30/2017 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 0 | | | 18,484 | (d) | | 12.3000 | | | 3/29/2018 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 11,605 | (e) | | 140,188 | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 12,019 | (f) | | 145,190 | |
William E. Shull | | | 2,000 | | | 0 | | | 9.2550 | | | 9/02/2015 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 26,667 | | | 13,333 | (b) | | 3.1200 | | | 2/26/2016 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 4,984 | | | 9,969 | (c) | | 10.2700 | | | 3/30/2017 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 0 | | | 12,939 | (d) | | 12.3000 | | | 3/29/2018 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 9,284 | (e) | | 112,151 | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 8,413 | (f) | | 101,629 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | 20,000 | | | 0 | | | 12.0600 | | | 2/28/2015 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 26,667 | | | 13,333 | (b) | | 3.1200 | | | 2/26/2016 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 6,230 | | | 12,462 | (c) | | 10.2700 | | | 3/30/2017 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 0 | | | 16,636 | (d) | | 12.3000 | | | 3/29/2018 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 11,605 | (e) | | 140,188 | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 10,817 | (f) | | 130,669 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 20,000 | | | 0 | | | 16.1250 | | | 5/29/2012 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 5,000 | | | 0 | | | 17.5400 | | | 2/25/2012 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 1,500 | | | 0 | | | 15.8550 | | | 2/27/2013 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 2,000 | | | 0 | | | 15.9650 | | | 2/15/2014 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 2,000 | | | 0 | | | 12.0600 | | | 2/28/2015 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 15,000 | | | 7,500 | (b) | | 3.1200 | | | 2/26/2016 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 3,582 | | | 7,166 | (c) | | 10.2700 | | | 3/30/2017 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | 0 | | | 8,503 | (d) | | 12.3000 | | | 3/29/2018 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 6,673 | (e) | | 80,610 | |
| | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 5,529 | (f) | | 66,790 | |
- (a)
- Based upon the closing price of a share of Pep Boys Stock on January 27, 2012 ($12.08).
104
Table of Contents
- (b)
- Such options became exercisable on February 26, 2012.
- (c)
- One-half of such options became/become exercisable on each of March 30, 2012 and 2013.
- (d)
- One-third of such options became/become exercisable on each of March 29, 2012, 2013 and 2014.
- (e)
- Such RSUs will vest on February 2, 2013 if the Company achieves certain predetermined performance criteria.
- (f)
- Such RSUs will vest on February 1, 2014 if the Company achieves certain predetermined performance criteria.
Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table
The following table shows information regarding stock options exercised by the named executive officers and RSUs held by the named executive officers that vested, during fiscal 2011.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Option Awards | | Stock Awards | |
---|
Name | | Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) | | Value Realized on Exercise ($) | | Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) | | Value Realized on Vesting ($)(a) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | — | | | — | | | 12,805 | | | 132,020 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | — | | | — | | | 8,334 | | | 114,176 | |
William E. Shull III | | | — | | | — | | | 2,000 | | | 18,180 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | — | | | — | | | 10,573 | | | 116,039 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | — | | | — | | | 3,000 | | | 39,150 | |
- (a)
- Based upon the closing price of a share of Pep Boys Stock on the vesting date(s).
Pension Plans
Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan. We have a qualified defined benefit pension plan for all employees hired prior to February 2, 1992. Future benefit accruals on behalf of all participants were frozen under this plan as of December 31, 1996. Benefits payable under this plan are calculated based on the participant's compensation (base salary plus accrued bonus) over the last five years of the participant's employment by Pep Boys and the number of years of participation in the plan. Benefits payable under this plan are not subject to deduction for Social Security or other offset amounts. The maximum annual benefit for any employee under this plan is $20,000. Mr. Cirelli is the only named executive officer who participated in the qualified defined benefit pension plan in fiscal 2011. His accrued annualized benefit thereunder, at normal retirement age, is $19,162.
Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
As explained in our Compensation Discussion and Analysis, set forth below is information regarding benefits under our non-qualified defined contribution plan (our Account Plan) and Deferred Compensation Plan for our named executive officers. The Account Plan is a retirement plan pursuant to which we make annual contributions based upon a named executive officer's age and then current compensation. In order to further assist our named executive officers with their retirement savings, the Deferred Compensation Plan allows participants to defer up to 20% of their annual salary and 100% of their annual bonus. In order to further encourage share ownership and more directly align the interests of named executive officers with that of our shareholders, the first 20% of an executive's bonus deferred into Pep Boys Stock is matched by the Company on a one-for-one basis with Pep Boys Stock that vests over three years.
105
Table of Contents
Nonqualified Defined Contribution Plan (our Account Plan)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Executive Contributions in Last FY ($) | | Registrant Contributions in Last FY ($) | | Aggregate Earnings in Last FY ($) | | Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($) | | Aggregate Balance at Last FYE ($) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | — | | | — | | | (411 | ) | | — | | | 449,346 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | — | | | — | | | 2,489 | | | — | | | 407,624 | |
William E. Shull | | | — | | | — | | | (335 | ) | | — | | | 103,232 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | — | | | — | | | (579 | ) | | — | | | 174,971 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | — | | | — | | | 1,975 | | | — | | | 143,620 | |
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Executive Contributions in Last FY ($) | | Registrant Contributions in Last FY ($) | | Aggregate Earnings in Last FY ($) | | Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($) | | Aggregate Balance at Last FYE ($) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 24,024 | | | 24,024 | | | (138,461 | ) | | 74,291 | | | 1,021,260 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 11,496 | | | 11,496 | | | (69,252 | ) | | 19,224 | | | 909,338 | |
William E. Shull | | | 7,619 | | | 7,619 | | | (17,892 | ) | | 7,382 | | | 438,894 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | 4,869 | | | 4,869 | | | 11,579 | | | 46,696 | | | 123,570 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 17,161 | | | 4,153 | | | (14,338 | ) | | 5,417 | | | 274,215 | |
Employment Agreements With Named Executive Officers
Change of Control Agreements. We have agreements with each named executive officer that become effective upon a change of control of Pep Boys. Following a change of control, these employment agreements become effective for two years and provide these executives with positions and responsibilities, base and incentive compensation and benefits equal or greater to those provided immediately prior to the change of control. In addition, we are obligated to pay any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (a parachute payment excise tax) on a change of control payment made to a named executive officer. A trust agreement has been established to better assure the named executive officers of the satisfaction of Pep Boys' obligations under their employment agreements following a change of control. Upon a change of control, all outstanding but unvested stock options and RSUs held by our all of our associates (including the named executive officers) vest and become fully exercisable. For the purposes of these agreements, a change of control shall be deemed to have taken place if:
- •
- incumbent directors (those in place on, or approved by two-thirds of those in place on, the date of the execution of the agreements) cease to constitute a majority of our Board;
- •
- any person becomes the beneficial owner of 20% or more of our voting securities;
- •
- the consummation of business combination transaction, unless immediately thereafter (1) more than 50% of the voting power of the resulting entity is represented by our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction, (2) no person is the beneficial owner of more than 20% of the resulting entity's voting securities and (3) at least a majority of the directors of the resulting entity were incumbent directors;
- •
- a sale of all or substantially all of our assets;
- •
- the approval of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Pep Boys; or
- •
- such other events as the Board may designate.
106
Table of Contents
Non-Competition Agreements. In exchange for a severance payment equal to one year's base salary upon the termination of their employment without cause, each of our named executive officers has agreed to customary covenants regarding, competition and confidentiality during their employment and for one year thereafter.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
The following table shows information regarding the payments and benefits that each named executive officer would have received under his Non-Competition Agreement assuming that he was terminated without cause as of January 28, 2012.
| | | | |
Name | | Cash Payment ($) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 820,000 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 525,000 | |
William E. Shull III | | | 350,000 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | 450,000 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 315,020 | |
The following table shows information regarding the payments and benefits that each named executive officer would have received under his Change of Control Agreement assuming that he was terminated immediately upon a change of control as of January 29, 2012. In accordance with the terms of our Change of Control Agreements, the two times multiple set forth in the following table is reduced by 1/24th for each month that a named executive officer remains employed by the Company following a change of control (e.g. a named executive terminated twelve months following a change of control would receive half of the amounts set forth in the table).
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | 2X Base Salary ($) | | 2X Target Bonus ($) | | 2X Account Plan Contributions ($) | | 2X Health and Welfare Benefits ($) | | Value of Accelerated Vesting of Outstanding Equity Awards ($)(a) | | Total ($) | |
---|
Michael R. Odell | | | 1,640,000 | | | 1,640,000 | | | 524,800 | | | 75,225 | | | 2,647,263 | | | 6,527,288 | |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 1,050,000 | | | 787,500 | | | 294,000 | | | 59,820 | | | 427,398 | | | 2,618,718 | |
William E. Shull | | | 700,000 | | | 455,000 | | | 115,500 | | | 58,160 | | | 351,287 | | | 1,679,947 | |
Scott A. Webb | | | 900,000 | | | 585,000 | | | 237,600 | | | 60,187 | | | 412,878 | | | 2,195,665 | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 630,000 | | | 283,500 | | | 146,160 | | | 46,538 | | | 227,571 | | | 1,333,769 | |
- (a)
- Represents the value of the accelerated vesting of all "in the money" stock options and RSUs at the closing price of a share of PBY Stock on January 27, 2012 ($12.08).
Involvement of Certain Legal Proceedings
None of our directors or executive officers are currently involved, or have been involved during the last ten years, in a legal proceeding of the type required to be disclosed under Item 402 of Regulation S-K.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Ms. Atkins and Messrs. Hotz and Mitarotonda are the current members of our Compensation Committee. None of these members is or has been an officer or employee of Pep Boys or has any relationship with Pep Boys requiring disclosure under Item 404 of SEC Regulation S-K. No executive
107
Table of Contents
officer of Pep Boys serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of Pep Boys' Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.
Compensation Committee Report
We have reviewed and discussed the foregoing Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based upon our review and discussion with management, we have recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Proxy Statement and in Pep Boys' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012 filed with the SEC.
This report is submitted by M. Shân Atkins, Robert H. Hotz and James A. Mitarotonda.
ITEM 12 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of our common stock as of March 30, 2012 (or, in the case of known beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock other than our directors and executive officers, as of the date indicated in the respective footnotes below) for: (1) each director; (2) each of the named executive officers; (3) all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and (4) all those known by us to be beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 52,761,355
108
Table of Contents
shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 30, 2012 as adjusted pursuant to rules promulgated by the SEC.
| | | | | | | |
| | Shares of Common Stock | |
---|
Name(2) | | # of Shares | | % of | |
---|
North Run Capital, LP(3) | | | 4,050,000 | | | 7.7 | % |
North Run GP, LP | | | | | | | |
North Run Advisors, LLC | | | | | | | |
Todd B. Hammer | | | | | | | |
Thomas B. Ellis | | | | | | | |
One International Place, Suite 2401 | | | | | | | |
Boston, MA 02110 | | | | | | | |
BlackRock, Inc.(4) | | | 4,444,654 | | | 8.4 | % |
40 East 52nd Street | | | | | | | |
New York, NY 10022 | | | | | | | |
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP(5) | | | 4,072,323 | | | 7.7 | % |
Palisades West, Building One, 6300 Bee Cave Road, | | | | | | | |
Austin, Texas, 78746 | | | | | | | |
The Vanguard Group, Inc.—23-1945930(6) | | | 2,722,976 | | | 5.2 | % |
100 Vanguard Blvd. | | | | | | | |
Malvern, PA 19355 | | | | | | | |
The Gores Group, LLC(7) | | | 1,200,000 | | | 2.3 | % |
0877 Wilshire Boulevard, 18th Floor | | | | | | | |
Los Angeles, CA 90024 | | | | | | | |
Directors and Named Executive Officers | | | | | | | |
James A. Mitarotonda | | | 1,385,852 | | | 2.6 | % |
Michael R. Odell | | | 681,195 | | | 1.3 | % |
Raymond L. Arthur | | | 292,747 | | | * | |
Scott A. Webb | | | 160,824 | | | * | |
Joseph A. Cirelli | | | 128,067 | | | * | |
Nick White | | | 95,149 | | | * | |
William E. Shull III | | | 84,251 | | | * | |
Robert H. Hotz | | | 76,695 | | | * | |
James A. Williams | | | 62,239 | | | * | |
Jane Scaccetti | | | 59,895 | | | * | |
John T. Sweetwood | | | 57,028 | | | * | |
M. Shân Atkins | | | 48,995 | | | * | |
Irvin D. Reid | | | 32,899 | | | * | |
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (15) | | | 3,342,668 | | | 6.3 | % |
- *
- Less than one percent (1%).
- (1)
- Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, restricted stock units, performance stock units and deferred stock units held by that person that are currently exercisable or become exercisable or vest, as applicable, within
109
Table of Contents
60 days of March 5, 2012 are considered to be beneficially owned by such person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the person or entity named has sole voting power and sole dispositive power with respect to all shares indicated.
- (2)
- Unless otherwise indicated the address of each individual listed in this table is c/o The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack, Attention: Secretary, 3111 West Allegheny Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19132.
- (3)
- Information is based on the Schedule 13G/A filed on February 10, 2012 by North Run Advisors, LLC, North Run GP, LP, North Run Capital, LP, Todd B. Hammer and Thomas B. Ellis (the "North Run Reporting Persons"), which sets forth their beneficial ownership based on the number of shares of Pep Boys common stock outstanding as of November 25, 2011. The North Run Reporting Persons have shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to all of the 4,050,000 shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.
- (4)
- Information is based on the Schedule 13G/A filed on February 10, 2012 by BlackRock, Inc.
- (5)
- Information is based on the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2012 by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP has sole voting power with respect to 3,982,565 shares of common stock beneficially owned and sole dispositive power with respect to 4,072,323 shares of common stock beneficially owned.
- (6)
- Information is based on the Schedule 13G filed on February 9, 2012 by The Vanguard Group, Inc.—23-1945930. The Vanguard Group, Inc.—23-1945930 has sole voting power with respect to 73,528 shares of common stock beneficially owned, sole dispositive power with respect to 2,649,448 shares of common stock beneficially owned and shared dispositive power with respect to 73,528 shares of common stock beneficially owned.
- (7)
- Information is based on the Schedule 13D filed on February 8, 2012 by The Gores Group, LLC. Pursuant to Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, BlackRock, Inc. and/or entities controlled by BlackRock, Inc. and Gores and/or its affiliates may be considered to be a "group." The Gores Group, LLC disclaims any membership or participation in a "group" with BlackRock, Inc. and/or entities controlled by BlackRock, Inc. and further disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of common stock beneficially owned by BlackRock, Inc. and/or entities controlled by BlackRock, Inc., including 4,452,170 shares of common stock believed to be beneficially owned by BlackRock, Inc.
ITEM 13 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The Audit Committee, which is comprised of independent directors, has established a written Related Party Transaction Policy. Such policy provides that to help identify related-party transactions and relationships (i) all transactions between the Company and another party are reviewed by the Company's legal and finance departments prior to the execution of definitive transaction documents and (ii) each director and executive officer completes a questionnaire that requires the disclosure of any transaction or relationship that the person, or any member of his or her immediate family, has or will have with the Company. The full Board of Directors reviews and approves, ratifies or rejects any transactions and relationships of the nature that would be required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. In reviewing any such related-party transaction or relationship, the Board considers such information as it deems important to determine whether the transaction is on reasonable and competitive terms and is fair to the Company. No such relationships or transactions of a nature required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K currently exist.
110
Table of Contents
ITEM 14 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The following table summarizes the aggregate fees billed to us by our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, the member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, and their respective affiliates.
| | | | | | | |
Fiscal Year | | 2011 | | 2010 | |
---|
Audit Fees | | $ | 1,475,383 | | $ | 1,422,915 | |
Audit-Related Fees | | | 0 | | | 0 | |
Tax Fees | | $ | 66,140 | | | 47,623 | |
All Other Fees | | | 0 | | | 0 | |
| | | | | |
Total | | $ | 1,541,523 | | $ | 1,470,538 | |
Audit Fees. Audit Fees billed in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 consisted of (i) the audit of our annual financial statements, (ii) the audit of our internal control over financial reporting, (iii) the reviews of our quarterly financial statements and (iv) comfort letters, statutory and regulatory audits, consents and other services related to SEC matters.
Tax Fees. Tax Fees billed in fiscal 2011 and 2010 consisted of tax compliance services in connection with tax audits and appeals.
The Audit Committee annually engages Pep Boys' independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approves, for the following fiscal year, their services related to the annual audit and interim quarterly reviews of Pep Boys' financial statements and all reasonably-related assurance and services. All non-audit services are considered for approval by the Audit Committee on an as-requested basis by Pep Boys. For fiscal 2011, the Audit Committee discussed the non-audit services with Deloitte & Touche LLP and management to determine that they were permitted under the rules and regulations concerning the independence of independent registered public accounting firms promulgated by the SEC and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Following such discussions, the Audit Committee determined that the provision of such non-audit services was compatible with maintaining Deloitte & Touche LLP's independence.
111
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15 EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
- (a)
- The following documents are filed as part of this report:
| | | | | | | |
| |
| | Page | |
---|
| 1. | | The following consolidated financial statements of The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack are included in Item 8 | | | | |
| | | Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | | | 38 | |
| | | Consolidated Balance Sheets—January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011 | | | 39 | |
| | | Consolidated Statements of Operations—Years ended January 28, 2012, January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010 | | | 40 | |
| | | Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity—Years ended January 28, 2012, January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010 | | | 41 | |
| | | Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—January 28, 2012, January 29, 2011 and January 30, 2010 | | | 42 | |
| | | Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | | | 43 | |
| 2. | | The following consolidated financial statement schedule of The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack is included | | | | |
| | | Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves | | | 118 | |
| | | All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. | | | | |
| 3. | | Exhibits | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| (3.1 | ) | Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's 10-K dated February 14, 2009. |
| | | | | |
| (3.2 | ) | By-Laws amended and restated | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's 8-K dated February 17, 2010. |
| | | | | |
| (4.1 | ) | Indenture, dated December 14, 2004, between the Company and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee, including form of security. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 8-K dated December 15, 2004. |
| | | | | |
| (4.2 | ) | Supplemental Indenture, dated December 14, 2004, between the Company and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as trustee. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 8-K dated December 15, 2004. |
| | | | | |
| (4.3 | ) | Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan dated January 4, 1990 | | Incorporated by reference from the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 33-32857). |
| (10.1 | )(1) | Medical Reimbursement Plan of the Company | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1982. |
| (10.2 | )(1) | Form of Change of Control between the Company and certain officers of the Company. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
112
Table of Contents
| | | | | |
| (10.3 | )(1) | Form of Non-Competition Agreement between the Company and certain officers of the Company. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
| (10.4 | )(1) | The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack 1990 Stock Incentive Plan—Amended and Restated as of March 26, 2001. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended February 1, 2003. |
| (10.5 | )(1) | The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's 8-K dated June 24, 2009. |
| (10.6 | )(1) | The Pep Boys—Manny, Moe & Jack Pension Plan—Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2010. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
| (10.7 | )(1) | Long-Term Disability Salary Continuation Plan amended and restated as of March 26, 2002. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2003. |
| (10.8 | )(1) | Amendment and restatement as of January 1, 2010 of The Pep Boys Savings Plan. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
| (10.9 | )(1) | Amendment and restatement as of September 3, 2002 of The Pep Boys Savings Plan—Puerto Rico. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 2, 2002. |
| (10.10 | )(1) | The Pep Boys Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008. |
| (10.11 | )(1) | The Pep Boys Annual Incentive Bonus Plan (amended and restated as of January 31, 2009) | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009. |
| (10.12 | )(1) | Account Plan | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
| (10.13 | )(1) | Flexible Employee Benefits Trust | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 8-K filed May 6, 1994. |
| (10.14 | )(1) | The Pep Boys Grantor Trust Agreement | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007. |
| | | | | |
| (10.15 | ) | Credit Agreement, dated January 16, 2009, by and among the Company, as Lead Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
| | | | | |
| (10.16 | ) | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2006, among the Company, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the other parties thereto. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
|
| | | | |
113
Table of Contents
| | | | | |
| (10.17 | ) | First Amendment dated February 15, 2007 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2006, among the Company, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the other parties thereto. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
| | | | | |
| (10.18 | ) | Second Amendment dated April 5, 2011 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2006, among the Company, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the other parties thereto. | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011. |
| | | | | |
| (12.00 | ) | Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges | | Filed herewith |
| | | | | |
| (21 | ) | Subsidiaries of the Company | | Incorporated by reference from the Company's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011. |
| | | | | |
| (23 | ) | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | | Filed herewith |
| | | | | |
| (31.1 | ) | Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | | Filed herewith |
| | | | | |
| (31.2 | ) | Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | | Filed herewith |
| | | | | |
| (32.1 | ) | Principal Executive Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | | Filed herewith |
| | | | | |
| (32.2 | ) | Principal Financial Officer Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | | Filed herewith |
| (101.INS | )(2) | XBRL Instance Document | | Filed herewith |
| (101.SCH | )(2) | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | | Filed herewith |
| (101.CAL | )(2) | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document | | Filed herewith |
| (101.LAB | )(2) | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document | | Filed herewith |
| (101.PRE | )(2) | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document | | Filed herewith |
114
Table of Contents
| | | | | |
| (101.DEF | )(2) | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | | Filed herewith |
- (1)
- Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
- (2)
- In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
115
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| | | | |
Dated: April 11, 2012 | | THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK (REGISTRANT) |
| | By: | | /s/ RAYMOND L. ARTHUR
Raymond L. Arthur Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| | | | |
Signature | | Capacity | | Date |
---|
| | | | |
/s/ MICHAEL R. ODELL
Michael R. Odell | | President and Chief Executive Officer; Director (Principal Executive Officer) | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ RAYMOND L. ARTHUR
Raymond L. Arthur | | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ SANJAY SOOD
Sanjay Sood | | Vice President and Corporate Controller (Chief Accounting Officer) | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ ROBERT H. HOTZ
Robert H. Hotz | | Chairman of the Board | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ M. SHÂN ATKINS
M. Shân Atkins | | Director | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ JAMES MITAROTONDA
James Mitarotonda | | Director | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ DR. IRVIN D. REID
Dr. Irvin D. Reid | | Director | | April 11, 2012 |
116
Table of Contents
| | | | |
Signature | | Capacity | | Date |
---|
| | | | |
/s/ JANE SCACCETTI
Jane Scaccetti | | Director | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ JOHN T. SWEETWOOD
John T. Sweetwood | | Director | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ NICK WHITE
Nick White | | Director | | April 11, 2012 |
/s/ JAMES A. WILLIAMS
James A. Williams | | Director | | April 11, 2012 |
117
Table of Contents
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES FURNISHED PURSUANT TO
THE REQUIREMENTS OF FORM 10-K
THE PEP BOYS—MANNY, MOE & JACK AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(dollar amounts in thousands)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Column A | | Column B | | Column C | | Column D | | Column E | |
---|
Description | | Balance at Beginning of Period | | Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses | | Additions Charged to Other Accounts | | Deductions(1) | | Balance at End of Period | |
---|
| | (in thousands)
| |
---|
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Year ended January 28, 2012 | | $ | 1,551 | | $ | 2,434 | | $ | — | | $ | 2,682 | | $ | 1,303 | |
Year ended January 29, 2011 | | $ | 1,488 | | $ | 2,595 | | $ | — | | $ | 2,532 | | $ | 1,551 | |
Year ended January 30, 2010 | | $ | 1,912 | | $ | 1,705 | | $ | — | | $ | 2,129 | | $ | 1,488 | |
- (1)
- Uncollectible accounts written off.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Column A | | Column B | | Column C | | Column D | | Column E | |
---|
Description | | Balance at Beginning of Period | | Additions Charged to Costs and Expenses | | Additions Charged to Other Accounts(2) | | Deductions(2) | | Balance at End of Period | |
---|
| | (in thousands)
| |
---|
SALES RETURNS AND ALLOWANCES: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Year ended January 28, 2012 | | $ | 1,056 | | $ | — | | $ | 61,425 | | $ | 61,708 | | $ | 773 | |
Year ended January 29, 2011 | | $ | 1,031 | | $ | — | | $ | 60,740 | | $ | 60,715 | | $ | 1,056 | |
Year ended January 30, 2010 | | $ | 1,144 | | $ | — | | $ | 60,603 | | $ | 60,716 | | $ | 1,031 | |
- (2)
- Sales return and allowance activity is recorded through a reduction of merchandise sales and costs of merchandise sales.
118